US20190290784A1 - Luciferin derivatives from bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives and methods of use thereof - Google Patents
Luciferin derivatives from bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives and methods of use thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20190290784A1 US20190290784A1 US16/440,348 US201916440348A US2019290784A1 US 20190290784 A1 US20190290784 A1 US 20190290784A1 US 201916440348 A US201916440348 A US 201916440348A US 2019290784 A1 US2019290784 A1 US 2019290784A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- group
- hydrogen
- substituted
- alkyl
- amino
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 35
- IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N D-Luciferin Chemical class OC(=O)[C@H]1CSC(C=2SC3=CC=C(O)C=C3N=2)=N1 IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 title abstract description 135
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 title abstract description 52
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 title abstract description 45
- 125000005365 aminothiol group Chemical class 0.000 title abstract 3
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 38
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 240
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 190
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 190
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 182
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 171
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 150
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 150
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 124
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 100
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 86
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 86
- -1 amino, substituted amino Chemical group 0.000 claims description 76
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 72
- 102000004091 Caspase-8 Human genes 0.000 claims description 70
- 108090000538 Caspase-8 Proteins 0.000 claims description 70
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 53
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 52
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 46
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 45
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 42
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 36
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 36
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 claims description 35
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 claims description 32
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 26
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 15
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 12
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 10
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 claims 20
- CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dehydro-luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1=CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 93
- BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fivefly Luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 93
- DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Luciferin Natural products CCc1c(C)c(CC2NC(=O)C(=C2C=C)C)[nH]c1Cc3[nH]c4C(=C5/NC(CC(=O)O)C(C)C5CC(=O)O)CC(=O)c4c3C DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 93
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 83
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 56
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 abstract description 9
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 abstract description 9
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 229930195710 D‐cysteine Natural products 0.000 description 118
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UWTATZPHSA-N D-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 117
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 105
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 104
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 68
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 66
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 65
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 64
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 59
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 58
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 55
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 55
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 52
- 0 C/C=N/C.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC#N.CC1=NC(C(=O)O)*S1.CCC.CCC.CCC.CCC(*SC)C(=O)OC.COC(=O)C(N)*S.COC(=O)C1*SC(C)=N1.[1*]C.[1*]C.[1*]C.[1*]C Chemical compound C/C=N/C.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC.CC#N.CC1=NC(C(=O)O)*S1.CCC.CCC.CCC.CCC(*SC)C(=O)OC.COC(=O)C(N)*S.COC(=O)C1*SC(C)=N1.[1*]C.[1*]C.[1*]C.[1*]C 0.000 description 50
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 46
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 46
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 44
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 38
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 38
- RSPCKAHMRANGJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiohydroxylamine Chemical class SN RSPCKAHMRANGJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 33
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 33
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 32
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 32
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 30
- 229920006008 lipopolysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 30
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 28
- 125000000266 alpha-aminoacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 27
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 27
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 27
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 26
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 26
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 26
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 25
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 25
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 25
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 24
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 23
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 23
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 22
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 22
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 21
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 20
- DFYRUELUNQRZTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N apocynin Chemical compound COC1=CC(C(C)=O)=CC=C1O DFYRUELUNQRZTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 20
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 20
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 20
- OOBJCYKITXPCNS-REWPJTCUSA-N (3s)-5-(2,6-difluorophenoxy)-3-[[(2s)-3-methyl-2-(quinoline-2-carbonylamino)butanoyl]amino]-4-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound O=C([C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1N=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)C(C)C)COC1=C(F)C=CC=C1F OOBJCYKITXPCNS-REWPJTCUSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 19
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 19
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 19
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 102000016938 Catalase Human genes 0.000 description 18
- 108010053835 Catalase Proteins 0.000 description 18
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 17
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 17
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 17
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 16
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 102000011727 Caspases Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 108010076667 Caspases Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 15
- 239000011592 zinc chloride Substances 0.000 description 15
- JIAARYAFYJHUJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc dichloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Zn+2] JIAARYAFYJHUJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 15
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 14
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 13
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000012491 analyte Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 13
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 12
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 206010040047 Sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 12
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 12
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- PWKSKIMOESPYIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-N-acetyl-Cysteine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O PWKSKIMOESPYIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 125000004466 alkoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000005121 aminocarbonylalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 11
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N Testostosterone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229930188866 apocynin Natural products 0.000 description 10
- YZXBAPSDXZZRGB-DOFZRALJSA-N arachidonic acid Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O YZXBAPSDXZZRGB-DOFZRALJSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 230000036267 drug metabolism Effects 0.000 description 10
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000033458 reproduction Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000037314 wound repair Effects 0.000 description 10
- 108090000331 Firefly luciferases Proteins 0.000 description 9
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 9
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 9
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000013020 embryo development Effects 0.000 description 9
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 230000037359 steroid metabolism Effects 0.000 description 9
- 125000005296 thioaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000005404 thioheteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 230000007838 tissue remodeling Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 8
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 8
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 239000012981 Hank's balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 description 8
- YVBFNEVBWGYMNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-[(2-cyano-1,3-benzothiazol-6-yl)oxymethyl]phenyl]boronic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(B(O)O)=CC=C1COC1=CC=C(N=C(S2)C#N)C2=C1 YVBFNEVBWGYMNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 208000002223 abdominal aortic aneurysm Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 208000007474 aortic aneurysm Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000004470 heterocyclooxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 8
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- CIHOLLKRGTVIJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert‐butyl hydroperoxide Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OO CIHOLLKRGTVIJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- FZENGILVLUJGJX-NSCUHMNNSA-N (E)-acetaldehyde oxime Chemical compound C\C=N\O FZENGILVLUJGJX-NSCUHMNNSA-N 0.000 description 7
- SQAVNBZDECKYOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-hydroxy-1,3-benzothiazole-2-carbonitrile Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2N=C(C#N)SC2=C1 SQAVNBZDECKYOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoflurane Chemical compound FC(F)OC(Cl)C(F)(F)F PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004201 L-cysteine Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000013878 L-cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 208000038016 acute inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000006022 acute inflammation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000000033 alkoxyamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 7
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000002349 hydroxyamino group Chemical group [H]ON([H])[*] 0.000 description 7
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 229960002725 isoflurane Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 7
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 125000005323 thioketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 208000006545 Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric oxide Chemical compound O=[N] MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000005415 bioluminescence Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000029918 bioluminescence Effects 0.000 description 6
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 6
- 125000005255 oxyaminoacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000003642 reactive oxygen metabolite Substances 0.000 description 6
- 201000000980 schizophrenia Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052717 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 201000006474 Brain Ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 206010008120 Cerebral ischaemia Diseases 0.000 description 5
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000012902 Nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000025966 Neurological disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000022873 Ocular disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229940114079 arachidonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 235000021342 arachidonic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 206010008118 cerebral infarction Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000004129 fatty acid metabolism Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- XSXHWVKGUXMUQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N osmium dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Os]=O XSXHWVKGUXMUQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 208000020016 psychiatric disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229960003604 testosterone Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000004953 trihalomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- UYHQUNLVWOAJQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzothiazole-2-carbonitrile Chemical class C1=CC=C2SC(C#N)=NC2=C1 UYHQUNLVWOAJQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940123169 Caspase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 102000004039 Caspase-9 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000566 Caspase-9 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 201000011001 Ebola Hemorrhagic Fever Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010014561 Emphysema Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 4
- 102000010909 Monoamine Oxidase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010062431 Monoamine oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 4
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-WFGJKAKNSA-N acetone d6 Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])C(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] CSCPPACGZOOCGX-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000023555 blood coagulation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 4
- TUJKJAMUKRIRHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyl Chemical compound [OH] TUJKJAMUKRIRHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WQYVRQLZKVEZGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypochlorite Chemical compound Cl[O-] WQYVRQLZKVEZGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 208000031225 myocardial ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000003375 selectivity assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- CAWBZZGXGHGBJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-[[4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methoxy]-1,3-benzothiazole-2-carbonitrile Chemical compound O1C(C)(C)C(C)(C)OB1C(C=C1)=CC=C1COC1=CC=C(N=C(S2)C#N)C2=C1 CAWBZZGXGHGBJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 108090000397 Caspase 3 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100029855 Caspase-3 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 208000002177 Cataract Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010081668 Cytochrome P-450 CYP3A Proteins 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000001398 Granzyme Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108060005986 Granzyme Proteins 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010067125 Liver injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229910004749 OS(O)2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 102000013566 Plasminogen Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010051456 Plasminogen Proteins 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 208000032851 Subarachnoid Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000030886 Traumatic Brain injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010047163 Vasospasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- QGWHYPVZHOKODO-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl]methyl n-(2-cyano-1,3-benzothiazol-6-yl)carbamate Chemical compound O1C(C)(C)C(C)(C)OB1C(C=C1)=CC=C1COC(=O)NC1=CC=C(N=C(S2)C#N)C2=C1 QGWHYPVZHOKODO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PZRPBPMLSSNFOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]boronic acid Chemical compound OCC1=CC=C(B(O)O)C=C1 PZRPBPMLSSNFOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000017733 acquired polycythemia vera Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzopyrazine Natural products N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L caesium carbonate Chemical compound [Cs+].[Cs+].[O-]C([O-])=O FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 229910000024 caesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000015271 coagulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005345 coagulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000013467 fragmentation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006062 fragmentation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000234 hepatic damage Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008818 liver damage Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 206010028537 myelofibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000037244 polycythemia vera Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 201000006681 severe congenital neutropenia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000009529 traumatic brain injury Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 3
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000019553 vascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000002676 xenobiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- QFLWZFQWSBQYPS-AWRAUJHKSA-N (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[5-[(3aS,6aR)-2-oxo-1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl]pentanoylamino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyl]amino]-4-[1-bis(4-chlorophenoxy)phosphorylbutylamino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CCCC(NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc1ccc(O)cc1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CCCCC1SC[C@@H]2NC(=O)N[C@H]12)C(C)C)P(=O)(Oc1ccc(Cl)cc1)Oc1ccc(Cl)cc1 QFLWZFQWSBQYPS-AWRAUJHKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UWYZHKAOTLEWKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CNCCC2=C1 UWYZHKAOTLEWKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SXGZJKUKBWWHRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(N-morpholiniumyl)ethanesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)CC[NH+]1CCOCC1 SXGZJKUKBWWHRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DVLFYONBTKHTER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(N-morpholino)propanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCCN1CCOCC1 DVLFYONBTKHTER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- KGENZHPIFHFMRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1,3-benzothiazole-2-carbonitrile Chemical compound O1C(C)(C)C(C)(C)OB1C1=CC=C(N=C(S2)C#N)C2=C1 KGENZHPIFHFMRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZOHSEULTWOYIMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-amino-1,3-benzothiazole-2-carbonitrile Chemical compound NC1=CC=C2N=C(C#N)SC2=C1 ZOHSEULTWOYIMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004400 Aminopeptidases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000915 Aminopeptidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 2
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XGCKOSFYXBAPQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)CCCl Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CCCl XGCKOSFYXBAPQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UIMZUBRECCCYHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)S(=O)(=O)C1=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C(F)=C1F Chemical compound CC(C)(C)S(=O)(=O)C1=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C(F)=C1F UIMZUBRECCCYHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ALODUUGCBVHEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(CSC)C(=O)OC Chemical compound CCC(CSC)C(=O)OC ALODUUGCBVHEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IXDKKYODUTZESR-FGGZVEBUSA-N CC[C@H](C)[C@H](CC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)OC)C(=O)C[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)=O)C(=O)C[C@H](CS)C(=O)O)[C@@H](C)O Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](CC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(=O)OC)C(=O)C[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)=O)C(=O)C[C@H](CS)C(=O)O)[C@@H](C)O IXDKKYODUTZESR-FGGZVEBUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ODJSNGZYUHJZRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CN(C)CCCC(C)(C)C Chemical compound CN(C)CCCC(C)(C)C ODJSNGZYUHJZRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004018 Caspase 6 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000425 Caspase 6 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004225 Cathepsin B Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000712 Cathepsin B Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010008723 Chondrodystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010008874 Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100027995 Collagenase 3 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000002004 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010015742 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100039205 Cytochrome P450 3A4 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100024918 Cytochrome P450 4F12 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100024901 Cytochrome P450 4F3 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108090000204 Dipeptidase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000002972 Hepatolenticular Degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101000909108 Homo sapiens Cytochrome P450 4F12 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000909121 Homo sapiens Cytochrome P450 4F3 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010049933 Hypophosphatasia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010044467 Isoenzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JLVVSXFLKOJNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium ion Chemical compound [Mg+2] JLVVSXFLKOJNIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 208000002720 Malnutrition Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100030417 Matrilysin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000855 Matrilysin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000008934 Muscle Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010074084 Muscle Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- YNLCVAQJIKOXER-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[tris(hydroxymethyl)methyl]-3-aminopropanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)NCCCS(O)(=O)=O YNLCVAQJIKOXER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 206010028851 Necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000016222 Pancreatic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- ZKQOUHVVXABNDG-IUCAKERBSA-N Pro-Leu Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ZKQOUHVVXABNDG-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000010208 Seminoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000003176 Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 102100028847 Stromelysin-3 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100031358 Urokinase-type plasminogen activator Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000018839 Wilson disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000021375 Xenogenes Species 0.000 description 2
- APXRHWAMEBQNGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-[(2-cyano-1,3-benzothiazol-6-yl)carbamoyloxymethyl]phenyl]boronic acid Chemical compound C1=CC(B(O)O)=CC=C1COC(=O)NC1=CC=C(N=C(S2)C#N)C2=C1 APXRHWAMEBQNGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000008919 achondroplasia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000010398 acute inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005133 alkynyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- IVHKZGYFKJRXBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N amino carbamate Chemical compound NOC(N)=O IVHKZGYFKJRXBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000007502 anemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000006635 beta-lactamase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 210000000013 bile duct Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013877 carbamide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007910 cell fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000001883 cholelithiasis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007882 cirrhosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000019425 cirrhosis of liver Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009091 contractile dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 2
- UFULAYFCSOUIOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteamine Chemical compound NCCS UFULAYFCSOUIOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 2
- VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dopamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000132 electrospray ionisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000001505 hemoglobinuria Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000003630 histaminocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000003532 hypothyroidism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002989 hypothyroidism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011503 in vivo imaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013383 initial experiment Methods 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000003402 intramolecular cyclocondensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000006370 kidney failure Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000007787 long-term memory Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000027928 long-term synaptic potentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910001425 magnesium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000001071 malnutrition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000000824 malnutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002752 melanocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013580 millipore water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000006938 muscular dystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000029766 myalgic encephalomeyelitis/chronic fatigue syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 2
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 208000015380 nutritional deficiency disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000011164 ossification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940127255 pan-caspase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 2
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000014081 polyp of colon Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000003476 primary myelofibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010090894 prolylleucine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- AOJFQRQNPXYVLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridin-1-ium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 AOJFQRQNPXYVLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002516 radical scavenger Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002027 skeletal muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000020431 spinal cord injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004213 tert-butoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(O*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N β‐Mercaptoethanol Chemical compound OCCS DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OSYPULNPRYDTII-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-cyano-1,3-benzothiazol-6-yl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=C2N=C(C#N)SC2=C1 OSYPULNPRYDTII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005988 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- OGYGFUAIIOPWQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazolidine Chemical compound C1CSCN1 OGYGFUAIIOPWQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNILWMWFPHPYOR-KXEYIPSPSA-M 1-[6-[2-[3-[3-[3-[2-[2-[3-[[2-[2-[[(2r)-1-[[2-[[(2r)-1-[3-[2-[2-[3-[[2-(2-amino-2-oxoethoxy)acetyl]amino]propoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propylamino]-3-hydroxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-2-oxoethyl]amino]-3-[(2r)-2,3-di(hexadecanoyloxy)propyl]sulfanyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl Chemical compound O=C1C(SCCC(=O)NCCCOCCOCCOCCCNC(=O)COCC(=O)N[C@@H](CSC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](CO)C(=O)NCCCOCCOCCOCCCNC(=O)COCC(N)=O)CC(=O)N1CCNC(=O)CCCCCN\1C2=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2CC/1=C/C=C/C=C/C1=[N+](CC)C2=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C1 UNILWMWFPHPYOR-KXEYIPSPSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-tetrazole Substances C=1N=NNN=1 KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JDIIGWSSTNUWGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-imidazol-3-ium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[NH2+]1C=CN=C1 JDIIGWSSTNUWGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLRFPQPVXRIBCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-$l^{1}-oxidanyl-2-methylpropane Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[O] ZLRFPQPVXRIBCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBUOGMOTDGNEAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(bromomethyl)phenyl]-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane Chemical compound O1C(C)(C)C(C)(C)OB1C1=CC=C(CBr)C=C1 CBUOGMOTDGNEAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VKUYLANQOAKALN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[benzyl-(4-methoxyphenyl)sulfonylamino]-n-hydroxy-4-methylpentanamide Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)N(C(CC(C)C)C(=O)NO)CC1=CC=CC=C1 VKUYLANQOAKALN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWKSKIMOESPYIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-acetamido-3-sulfanylpropanoic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)NC(CS)C(O)=O PWKSKIMOESPYIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLRSADZEDXVUPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-naphthalen-1-ylpyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 VLRSADZEDXVUPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMCMPZBLKLEWAF-BCTGSCMUSA-N 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio]propane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCCC[N+](C)(C)CCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 UMCMPZBLKLEWAF-BCTGSCMUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBKDCOKSXCTDAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1CCCC2=C1C=CS2 CBKDCOKSXCTDAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-quinolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2CC=CC=C21 GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DEWDWBYQOFXKIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-methoxy-1,3-benzothiazole-2-carbonitrile Chemical compound COC1=CC=C2N=C(C#N)SC2=C1 DEWDWBYQOFXKIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100026802 72 kDa type IV collagenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710151806 72 kDa type IV collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-N Adenosine triphosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007698 Alcohol dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021809 Alcohol dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000007848 Alcoholism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010002198 Anaphylactic reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010002329 Aneurysm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100490659 Arabidopsis thaliana AGP17 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038110 Arylamine N-acetyltransferase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000032791 BCR-ABL1 positive chronic myelogenous leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000145 Bacillolysin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010004446 Benign prostatic hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020925 Bipolar disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QZMHEFVATNPXRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1[N+](=O)[O-] Chemical compound C.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1[N+](=O)[O-] QZMHEFVATNPXRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QQFWTHHTJRGBCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1[N+](=O)[O-] Chemical compound C.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1[N+](=O)[O-] QQFWTHHTJRGBCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPNCMKGHLNSPHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C=C1 Chemical compound C.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C=C1 VPNCMKGHLNSPHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RPJLFPIXJHGLIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1[N+](=O)[O-] Chemical compound C.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1[N+](=O)[O-] RPJLFPIXJHGLIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DRIOULFEOPNTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC3=C(C=C2)N=C(C#N)S3)OC1(C)C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC=C(CO)C=C2)OC1(C)C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC=C(COC(=O)NC3=CC4=C(C=C3)N=C(C#N)S4)C=C2)OC1(C)C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC=C(COC(=O)NC3=CC4=C(C=C3)N=C(C#N)S4)C=C2)OC1(C)C.N#CC1=NC2=C(C=C(B(O)O)C=C2)S1.N#CC1=NC2=C(C=C(NC(=O)OCC3=CC=C(B(O)O)C=C3)C=C2)S1.N#CC1=NC2=CC=C(N)C=C2S1 Chemical compound C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC3=C(C=C2)N=C(C#N)S3)OC1(C)C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC=C(CO)C=C2)OC1(C)C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC=C(COC(=O)NC3=CC4=C(C=C3)N=C(C#N)S4)C=C2)OC1(C)C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC=C(COC(=O)NC3=CC4=C(C=C3)N=C(C#N)S4)C=C2)OC1(C)C.N#CC1=NC2=C(C=C(B(O)O)C=C2)S1.N#CC1=NC2=C(C=C(NC(=O)OCC3=CC=C(B(O)O)C=C3)C=C2)S1.N#CC1=NC2=CC=C(N)C=C2S1 DRIOULFEOPNTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFXXXCFMCZZRGM-SJXAWKSPSA-N C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC=C(COC3=CC=C4N=C(C#N)SC4=C3)C=C2)OC1(C)C.CCC(C)C(CC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)NC(CCC(=O)OC)C(=O)CC(C(=O)NC(CC(C)=O)C(=O)C[C@H](CS)C(=O)O)C(C)O.N#CC1=NC2=CC=C(O)C=C2S1.N[C@H](CS)C(=O)O.O=C(O)[C@H]1CSC(C2=NC3=CC=C(O)C=C3S2)=N1.OO.[3H]CB Chemical compound C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC=C(COC3=CC=C4N=C(C#N)SC4=C3)C=C2)OC1(C)C.CCC(C)C(CC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)NC(CCC(=O)OC)C(=O)CC(C(=O)NC(CC(C)=O)C(=O)C[C@H](CS)C(=O)O)C(C)O.N#CC1=NC2=CC=C(O)C=C2S1.N[C@H](CS)C(=O)O.O=C(O)[C@H]1CSC(C2=NC3=CC=C(O)C=C3S2)=N1.OO.[3H]CB LFXXXCFMCZZRGM-SJXAWKSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VRGYINGYRNMLEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CC1=CC(C)=C(C(C)(C)CC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C(OP(=O)(O)O)=C1 Chemical compound C.CC1=CC(C)=C(C(C)(C)CC(=O)C(C)(C)C)C(OP(=O)(O)O)=C1 VRGYINGYRNMLEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SADNWTANEQCPGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CC1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1C(C)(C)C Chemical compound C.CC1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1C(C)(C)C SADNWTANEQCPGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KULMGTQHSRTRAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=S(=O)(C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1[N+](=O)[O-])C(C)(C)C Chemical compound C=S(=O)(C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1[N+](=O)[O-])C(C)(C)C KULMGTQHSRTRAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BXJYUMIOMBEFNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=S(=O)(C1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C=C1)C(C)(C)C Chemical compound C=S(=O)(C1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C=C1)C(C)(C)C BXJYUMIOMBEFNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MJJONFJBMSEKFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=S(=O)(C1=CC=CC=C1[N+](=O)[O-])C(C)(C)C Chemical compound C=S(=O)(C1=CC=CC=C1[N+](=O)[O-])C(C)(C)C MJJONFJBMSEKFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZILXDLAVIOXDBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C(C)C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)B1OC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O1.CC(C)(C)B1OCCCO1.CC(C)(C)C(C)(C)C(C)(C)C(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)CCC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)CCCC(C)(C)C.CC(C)B1OCCO1.CC(CC(C)(C)C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C.CC(CC(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C.CC1(C)COB(C(C)(C)C)OC1.CC1CC(C)(C)OB(C(C)(C)C)O1.CC1COB(C(C)(C)C)O1.CC1OB(C(C)(C)C)OC1C Chemical compound CC(C(C)C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)B1OC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O1.CC(C)(C)B1OCCCO1.CC(C)(C)C(C)(C)C(C)(C)C(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)CCC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)CCCC(C)(C)C.CC(C)B1OCCO1.CC(CC(C)(C)C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C.CC(CC(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C.CC1(C)COB(C(C)(C)C)OC1.CC1CC(C)(C)OB(C(C)(C)C)O1.CC1COB(C(C)(C)C)O1.CC1OB(C(C)(C)C)OC1C ZILXDLAVIOXDBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VRMSVNNRAZYOCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)B1CC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O1.CC(C)(C)B1CCCCO1.CC(C)(C)B1CCCO1.CC1(C)CCB(C(C)(C)C)OC1.CC1CB(C(C)(C)C)OC(C)C1.CC1CB(C(C)(C)C)OC1C.CC1COB(C(C)(C)C)C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)B1CC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O1.CC(C)(C)B1CCCCO1.CC(C)(C)B1CCCO1.CC1(C)CCB(C(C)(C)C)OC1.CC1CB(C(C)(C)C)OC(C)C1.CC1CB(C(C)(C)C)OC1C.CC1COB(C(C)(C)C)C1 VRMSVNNRAZYOCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CRSOQBOWXPBRES-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C CRSOQBOWXPBRES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRDWWAVNELMWAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 WRDWWAVNELMWAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHPQWRBYOIRBIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QHPQWRBYOIRBIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRSHTFLLAXDQJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)CC1=C(C(=O)O)N2C(=O)C(CC(=O)CC3=CC=CC=C3)C2S(=O)C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC1=C(C(=O)O)N2C(=O)C(CC(=O)CC3=CC=CC=C3)C2S(=O)C1 NRSHTFLLAXDQJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOXVXCSDNAMTRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)CC1=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C(F)=C1F Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC1=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C(F)=C1F WOXVXCSDNAMTRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UZQZGFORGDUJJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)CC1=CC(CN2CCN(C3=CC=CC=C3)CC2)=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC1=CC(CN2CCN(C3=CC=CC=C3)CC2)=CC=C1 UZQZGFORGDUJJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKGSEEIZUQHILS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 WKGSEEIZUQHILS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRBXODDSAZOKIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)CC1=CC=C(OP(=O)(O)O)C=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC1=CC=C(OP(=O)(O)O)C=C1 NRBXODDSAZOKIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHDLRIXSFQQKIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)CC1=CC=CC(CC(C)(C)C)=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC1=CC=CC(CC(C)(C)C)=C1 SHDLRIXSFQQKIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CJGXJKVMUHXVHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CJGXJKVMUHXVHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BYROZNMXSZTVRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)CCCCCCN Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CCCCCCN BYROZNMXSZTVRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MJOCCSXOVAVKFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)CCCN Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CCCN MJOCCSXOVAVKFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBMJAACBYAHUDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)CCSC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CCSC1=CC=CC=C1 SBMJAACBYAHUDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RNJSOQBYCTXLQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)COC(=O)NC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)COC(=O)NC(C)(C)C(=O)CC(C)(C)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)COC(=O)NC(C)(C)C(=O)CC(C)(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)COC(=O)NCCCCC(N)C(=O)CCCCC(=O)NC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)COC(=O)NCCCCC(N)C(=O)CCCCC(=O)OC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)COC(=O)NCCCOC(=O)OC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)CSCCCOC(=O)NC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)CSCCCOC(=O)OC(C)(C)C.CC(C)OCC(C)(C)C.CC1=CC(C)=C(C(C)(C)CC(=O)NC(C)(C)C)C(OCC(C)(C)C)=C1.CC1=CC(C)=C(C(C)(C)CC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(OCC(C)(C)C)=C1.CN(CCN(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(=O)OCC(C)(C)C.CN(CCN(C)C(=O)OCC(C)(C)C)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C.[5*].[5*].[5*].[5*].[5*].[5*] Chemical compound CC(C)(C)COC(=O)NC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)COC(=O)NC(C)(C)C(=O)CC(C)(C)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)COC(=O)NC(C)(C)C(=O)CC(C)(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)COC(=O)NCCCCC(N)C(=O)CCCCC(=O)NC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)COC(=O)NCCCCC(N)C(=O)CCCCC(=O)OC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)COC(=O)NCCCOC(=O)OC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)CSCCCOC(=O)NC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)CSCCCOC(=O)OC(C)(C)C.CC(C)OCC(C)(C)C.CC1=CC(C)=C(C(C)(C)CC(=O)NC(C)(C)C)C(OCC(C)(C)C)=C1.CC1=CC(C)=C(C(C)(C)CC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(OCC(C)(C)C)=C1.CN(CCN(C)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(=O)OCC(C)(C)C.CN(CCN(C)C(=O)OCC(C)(C)C)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C.[5*].[5*].[5*].[5*].[5*].[5*] RNJSOQBYCTXLQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JCXFZUACBCPVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)COC(=O)NCCCOC(=O)NC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)COCCCOC(=O)NC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)COCCCOC(=O)OC(C)(C)C.[5*].[5*] Chemical compound CC(C)(C)COC(=O)NCCCOC(=O)NC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)COCCCOC(=O)NC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)COCCCOC(=O)OC(C)(C)C.[5*].[5*] JCXFZUACBCPVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWSCINKJKBUTKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(CCS(C)I)c(c(C)cc(C)c1)c1OP(O)(O)=O Chemical compound CC(C)(CCS(C)I)c(c(C)cc(C)c1)c1OP(O)(O)=O JWSCINKJKBUTKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KBPCCVWUMVGXGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)CCCC(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)CCCC(C)C KBPCCVWUMVGXGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJTDLVHGKINUNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(CCN(C)C)C(C)(C)C Chemical compound CC(CCN(C)C)C(C)(C)C ZJTDLVHGKINUNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SCEJESDBQAYNEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1(C)OB(C2=CC=C(CBr)C=C2)OC1(C)C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC=C(CO)C=C2)OC1(C)C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC=C(COC3=CC4=C(C=C3)N=C(C#N)S4)C=C2)OC1(C)C.CC1=CC=C2N=C(C#N)SC2=C1.CC1=CC=C2N=C(C#N)SC2=C1.N#CC1=NC2=C(C=C(OCC3=CC=C(B(O)O)C=C3)C=C2)S1.N#CC1=NC2=CC=C(N)C=C2S1.N#CC1=NC2=CC=C(O)C=C2S1.N#CC1=NC2=CC=C(O)C=C2S1.OB(O)C1=CC=C(CBr)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1(C)OB(C2=CC=C(CBr)C=C2)OC1(C)C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC=C(CO)C=C2)OC1(C)C.CC1(C)OB(C2=CC=C(COC3=CC4=C(C=C3)N=C(C#N)S4)C=C2)OC1(C)C.CC1=CC=C2N=C(C#N)SC2=C1.CC1=CC=C2N=C(C#N)SC2=C1.N#CC1=NC2=C(C=C(OCC3=CC=C(B(O)O)C=C3)C=C2)S1.N#CC1=NC2=CC=C(N)C=C2S1.N#CC1=NC2=CC=C(O)C=C2S1.N#CC1=NC2=CC=C(O)C=C2S1.OB(O)C1=CC=C(CBr)C=C1 SCEJESDBQAYNEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHUQAPNMLNZNNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C([N+](=O)[O-])C=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C([N+](=O)[O-])C=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1 OHUQAPNMLNZNNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NVVOPNMWKBRPAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C([N+](=O)[O-])=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C([N+](=O)[O-])=C1 NVVOPNMWKBRPAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYJDQSHOWRWART-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)C(C)(C)C)C([N+](=O)[O-])=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)C(C)(C)C)C([N+](=O)[O-])=C1 AYJDQSHOWRWART-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMEKQBJOPVMFKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 BMEKQBJOPVMFKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AMFOUJUSAROLBH-UHFFFAOYSA-M CC1=CC=C2N=C(C#N)SC2=C1.N#CC1=NC2=C(C=C(OCC3=CC=C(B(O)O)C=C3)C=C2)S1.N#CC1=NC2=CC=C(O)C=C2S1.O=COO[Cs].OB(O)C1=CC=C(CBr)C=C1.[CsH] Chemical compound CC1=CC=C2N=C(C#N)SC2=C1.N#CC1=NC2=C(C=C(OCC3=CC=C(B(O)O)C=C3)C=C2)S1.N#CC1=NC2=CC=C(O)C=C2S1.O=COO[Cs].OB(O)C1=CC=C(CBr)C=C1.[CsH] AMFOUJUSAROLBH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DXYYSGDWQCSKKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=NC2=CC=CC=C2S1 Chemical compound CC1=NC2=CC=CC=C2S1 DXYYSGDWQCSKKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFKIXZFPOLEGPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(CS)C(C)=O Chemical compound CCC(CS)C(C)=O FFKIXZFPOLEGPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HKMHIFQWLMRSBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC1=CC=C2N=C(C)SC2=C1 Chemical compound CCC1=CC=C2N=C(C)SC2=C1 HKMHIFQWLMRSBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PSABUFWDVWCFDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCC(C)(C)C Chemical compound CCCCCC(C)(C)C PSABUFWDVWCFDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLMNDIWOENYZTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCS(=O)CCC(C)(C)C Chemical compound CCS(=O)CCC(C)(C)C SLMNDIWOENYZTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXNJDHPMALLVAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCSCCC(C)(C)C Chemical compound CCSCCC(C)(C)C XXNJDHPMALLVAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNVPBVJEBIKKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CNC(C)CCC(C)(C)C Chemical compound CNC(C)CCC(C)(C)C UNVPBVJEBIKKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCYHPZGUONZRGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC(=O)C(N)CS Chemical compound COC(=O)C(N)CS MCYHPZGUONZRGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MMWYYTNTZOHYEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC(CCC(C)(C)C)OC Chemical compound COC(CCC(C)(C)C)OC MMWYYTNTZOHYEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BIUNMLJUFBDNQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=C(C(C)C(C)(C)C)C=C1CO Chemical compound COC1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=C(C(C)C(C)(C)C)C=C1CO BIUNMLJUFBDNQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MNBQYSQRUOGNKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CSC1=CC=C(CC(C)(C)C)C=C1 Chemical compound CSC1=CC=C(CC(C)(C)C)C=C1 MNBQYSQRUOGNKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJZGXTNMTDYMIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N CSCC(N)C(C)=O Chemical compound CSCC(N)C(C)=O GJZGXTNMTDYMIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007590 Calpain Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010032088 Calpain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005367 Carboxypeptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010006303 Carboxypeptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004066 Caspase-12 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000570 Caspase-12 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004046 Caspase-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000552 Caspase-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000047934 Caspase-3/7 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700037887 Caspase-3/7 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003908 Cathepsin D Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000258 Cathepsin D Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004172 Cathepsin L Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000624 Cathepsin L Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005600 Cathepsins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010084457 Cathepsins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000238366 Cephalopoda Species 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000010833 Chronic myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100025566 Chymotrypsin-like protease CTRL-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000254173 Coleoptera Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108050005238 Collagenase 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000000280 Cyclic neutropenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010074918 Cytochrome P-450 CYP1A1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010074922 Cytochrome P-450 CYP1A2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010000561 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2C8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010000543 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2C9 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004328 Cytochrome P-450 CYP3A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000005297 Cytochrome P-450 CYP4A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010081498 Cytochrome P-450 CYP4A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100031476 Cytochrome P450 1A1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100026533 Cytochrome P450 1A2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100029359 Cytochrome P450 2C8 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100029358 Cytochrome P450 2C9 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100031461 Cytochrome P450 2J2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100039203 Cytochrome P450 3A7 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000028 D-cysteine group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@@]([H])(C(=O)[*])C(S[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZZZCUOFIHGPKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-erythro-ascorbic acid Natural products OCC1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O ZZZCUOFIHGPKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005778 DNA damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000277 DNA damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000033616 DNA repair Effects 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004338 Dichlorodifluoromethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical class COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000199914 Dinophyceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000010374 Down Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030820 Ebola disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032027 Essential Thrombocythemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000004961 Furin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001126 Furin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000017462 Galactosialidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005720 Glutathione transferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010070675 Glutathione transferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000000361 Hemochromatosis type 2 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010033040 Histones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000884399 Homo sapiens Arylamine N-acetyltransferase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000856199 Homo sapiens Chymotrypsin-like protease CTRL-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000941723 Homo sapiens Cytochrome P450 2J2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000745715 Homo sapiens Cytochrome P450 3A7 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100273566 Humulus lupulus CCL10 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazolidine Chemical compound C1CNCN1 WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910021577 Iron(II) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108060005987 Kallikrein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001399 Kallikrein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000008839 Kidney Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000254158 Lampyridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010028275 Leukocyte Elastase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000019693 Lung disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007993 MOPS buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 102000000380 Matrix Metalloproteinase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010016113 Matrix Metalloproteinase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010076502 Matrix Metalloproteinase 11 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010076503 Matrix Metalloproteinase 13 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000422 Matrix Metalloproteinase 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000002274 Matrix Metalloproteinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010000684 Matrix Metalloproteinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010015302 Matrix metalloproteinase-9 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100030412 Matrix metalloproteinase-9 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000204031 Mycoplasma Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000033761 Myelogenous Chronic BCR-ABL Positive Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004722 NADPH Oxidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002998 NADPH Oxidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OTUOHRAFRKMBGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC(CO)CS.[HH] Chemical compound NC(CO)CS.[HH] OTUOHRAFRKMBGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- SZUKPSUMNNWOCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N NOO Chemical compound NOO SZUKPSUMNNWOCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910003827 NRaRb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101100049938 Neurospora crassa (strain ATCC 24698 / 74-OR23-1A / CBS 708.71 / DSM 1257 / FGSC 987) exr-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000035092 Neutral proteases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005507 Neutral proteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033174 Neutrophil elastase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrogen dioxide Chemical compound O=[N]=O JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150053185 P450 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010034133 Pathogen resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000608 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004160 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001014 Plasminogen Activators Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001938 Plasminogen Activators Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010057244 Post viral fatigue syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004403 Prostatic Hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010040844 Skin exfoliation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100030416 Stromelysin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710108790 Stromelysin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108050005271 Stromelysin-3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUUQCZGPVNCOIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Superoxide Chemical compound [O-][O] OUUQCZGPVNCOIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010068233 Trimethylaminuria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000001400 Tryptase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060005989 Tryptase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000002495 Uterine Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JTWIMNMUYLQNPI-WPRPVWTQSA-N Val-Gly-Arg Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCNC(N)=N JTWIMNMUYLQNPI-WPRPVWTQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930003268 Vitamin C Natural products 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003187 abdominal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011481 absorbance measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 210000001789 adipocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001155 adrenomedullary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000007930 alcohol dependence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005055 alkyl alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000278 alkyl amino alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005275 alkylenearyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006598 aminocarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000004381 amniotic fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036783 anaphylactic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000003455 anaphylaxis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940035674 anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005428 anthryl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C3C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C3=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000002365 anti-tubercular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005098 aryl alkoxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001543 aryl boronic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidine Chemical compound C1CNC1 HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000003651 basophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical class N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-FPRJBGLDSA-N beta-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-FPRJBGLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005621 boronate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N boronic acid Chemical compound OBO ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 206010006451 bronchitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004413 cardiac myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020411 cell activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009134 cell regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001612 chondrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinnoline Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052681 coesite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001608 connective tissue cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052906 cristobalite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001351 cycling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004465 cycloalkenyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000000 cycloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001784 detoxification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019404 dichlorodifluoromethane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 108010057167 dimethylaniline monooxygenase (N-oxide forming) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910001873 dinitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003638 dopamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010013663 drug dependence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003979 eosinophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008029 eradication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005290 ethynyloxy group Chemical group C(#C)O* 0.000 description 1
- 210000003722 extracellular fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000020764 fibrinolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003709 fluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003193 general anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004153 glucose metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004438 haloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000002672 hepatitis B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005885 heterocycloalkylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005844 heterocyclyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004468 heterocyclylthio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000020256 human milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004251 human milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001165 hydrophobic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003832 immune regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006058 immune tolerance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012606 in vitro cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010952 in-situ formation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPAGFVYQRIESJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NCCC2=C1 LPAGFVYQRIESJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006301 indolyl methyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002484 inorganic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NMCUIPGRVMDVDB-UHFFFAOYSA-L iron dichloride Chemical compound Cl[Fe]Cl NMCUIPGRVMDVDB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002510 keratinocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 201000010982 kidney cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012933 kinetic analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003859 lipid peroxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007422 luminescence assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000005265 lung cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002751 lymph Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000024714 major depressive disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HOVAGTYPODGVJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl beta-galactoside Natural products COC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1O HOVAGTYPODGVJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002433 mononuclear leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000025113 myeloid leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003098 myoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000107 myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WVRVVJMZWWJYEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(benzylideneamino)-1,3-benzothiazol-2-amine Chemical class N=1C2=CC=CC=C2SC=1NN=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WVRVVJMZWWJYEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000955 neuroendocrine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007996 neuronal plasticity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FBUKVWPVBMHYJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC(O)=O FBUKVWPVBMHYJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002905 orthoesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000008482 osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000963 osteoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002997 osteoclast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036542 oxidative stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003961 penetration enhancing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000864 peroxy group Chemical group O(O*)* 0.000 description 1
- CMFNMSMUKZHDEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N peroxynitrous acid Chemical compound OON=O CMFNMSMUKZHDEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003014 phosphoric acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XKJCHHZQLQNZHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalimide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1 XKJCHHZQLQNZHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940127126 plasminogen activator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000572 poisoning Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000607 poisoning effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002203 pretreatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- TURAMGVWNUTQKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N propa-1,2-dien-1-one Chemical group C=C=C=O TURAMGVWNUTQKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000017497 prostate disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000007094 prostatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003217 pyrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005344 pyridylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C(=N1)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150101384 rat1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029865 regulation of blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004492 retinoid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000000582 semen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036303 septic shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000010744 skin desquamation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052682 stishovite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091007196 stromelysin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000011117 substance-related disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000006296 sulfonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N(*)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002994 synthetic fiber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000001550 testis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000005207 tetraalkylammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000000464 thioxo group Chemical group S=* 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052905 tridymite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004205 trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- JSPLKZUTYZBBKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N trioxidane Chemical compound OOO JSPLKZUTYZBBKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UCPYLLCMEDAXFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)OC(=O)OC(Cl)(Cl)Cl UCPYLLCMEDAXFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001810 trypsinlike Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005760 tumorsuppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010046766 uterine cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000003501 vero cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009447 viral pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001018 virulence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019154 vitamin C Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011718 vitamin C Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003722 vitamin derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002034 xenobiotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022814 xenobiotic metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/001—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining
- A61K49/0013—Luminescence
- A61K49/0017—Fluorescence in vivo
- A61K49/0019—Fluorescence in vivo characterised by the fluorescent group, e.g. oligomeric, polymeric or dendritic molecules
- A61K49/0021—Fluorescence in vivo characterised by the fluorescent group, e.g. oligomeric, polymeric or dendritic molecules the fluorescent group being a small organic molecule
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
- C07D277/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D277/62—Benzothiazoles
- C07D277/68—Benzothiazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F5/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 3 or 13 of the Periodic Table
- C07F5/02—Boron compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F5/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 3 or 13 of the Periodic Table
- C07F5/02—Boron compounds
- C07F5/025—Boronic and borinic acid compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K7/04—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
- C07K7/06—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links having 5 to 11 amino acids
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/58—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving labelled substances
- G01N33/582—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving labelled substances with fluorescent label
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/425—Thiazoles
- A61K31/427—Thiazoles not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K49/00—Preparations for testing in vivo
- A61K49/001—Preparation for luminescence or biological staining
- A61K49/0013—Luminescence
- A61K49/0017—Fluorescence in vivo
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
- G01N2333/90—Enzymes; Proenzymes
- G01N2333/914—Hydrolases (3)
- G01N2333/948—Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
- G01N2333/95—Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99)
- G01N2333/964—Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99) derived from animal tissue
- G01N2333/96425—Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99) derived from animal tissue from mammals
- G01N2333/96427—Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99) derived from animal tissue from mammals in general
- G01N2333/9643—Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99) derived from animal tissue from mammals in general with EC number
- G01N2333/96466—Cysteine endopeptidases (3.4.22)
Definitions
- Luminescence is produced in certain organisms as a result of a luciferase-mediated oxidation reaction. Luminescence is produced by firefly luciferase and other enzymes when those enzymes are mixed with certain synthetic substrates.
- Luciferases can also generate light via the oxidation of enzyme-specific substrates, e.g., luciferins. For firefly luciferase and all other beetle luciferases, light generation occurs in the presence of luciferin, magnesium ions, oxygen, and ATP. Luminescence, if any, can be measured using a luminometer or any suitable radiant energy-measuring device. A luminescence assay can be very rapid and sensitive.
- the present disclosure features a condensation reaction and a luciferin-unmasking reaction that can be carried out under physiological conditions or ex vivo prior to addition to cells or animals.
- the condensation reaction involves reacting a bicyclic reactant with an aminothiol derivative, generating a luciferin or luciferin derivative.
- a luciferin can provide detectable luminescence.
- a luciferin derivative can be unmasked to provide detectable luminescence in a luciferin-unmasking reaction.
- the present disclosure provides bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives suitable for use in the condensation reaction.
- the condensation and luciferin-unmasking reactions find use in a variety of applications, which are also provided.
- FIG. 1 depicts a design strategy for simultaneous detection of H 2 O 2 and caspase 8 activity through release of HCBT and D-cysteine and in situ formation of firefly luciferin.
- FIG. 2 depicts a comparison of HCBT/D-cysteine and luciferin.
- (a) Total bioluminescent signal, integrated over 45 min, from luciferin (0.5-10 ⁇ M).
- FIG. 3 shows a comparison of HCBT/D-cysteine and luciferin in lysed PC3M-luc cells.
- FIG. 4 depicts a determination of bioluminescent signal from endogenous L-cysteine.
- (a) Total photon flux, integrated over 2 h, from PC3M-luc cells with HCBT (0-50 ⁇ M) in the presence (solid line, y1 axis) or absence (dashed line, y2 axis) of D-cysteine (0-50 ⁇ M) in HBSS (25 mM glucose).
- FIG. 5 depicts a determination of the lifetime of HCBT and D-cysteine in PC3M-luc cells.
- (d) Representative image of PC3M-luc cells with HCBT added 0, 15, 30, 45, or 60 min following removal of D-cysteine. Error bars are ⁇ SEM; A and C: n 3.
- FIG. 6 shows the selective and concentration-dependent bioluminescent detection of H 2 O 2 by PCL-2.
- (a) Total bioluminescent signal, integrated over 10 min, from PCL-2 (5 ⁇ M) alone (light grey bars) or incubated with various ROS (100 ⁇ M) or H 2 O 2 (100 ⁇ M) and catalase (0.4 mg/mL) for 5, 20, 40, or 60 min. Signals normalized to signal from PCL-2 in the absence of any ROS.
- FIG. 7 shows a comparison of bioluminescent signal from PCL-2 and HCBT incubated with various ROS.
- Relative total bioluminescent signal integrated over 10 or 45 min, from PCL-2 and HCBT (5 ⁇ M) incubated with 100 ⁇ M of various ROS (1: H 2 O 2 , 2; TBHP, 3: HOCl ⁇ , 4: NO, 5: OH, 6: OtBu, or 7: O 2 ⁇ ) for 60 min.
- ROS H 2 O 2 , 2; TBHP, 3: HOCl ⁇ , 4: NO, 5: OH, 6: OtBu, or 7: O 2 ⁇
- PCL-2/HCBT solutions were incubated with D-cysteine (5 ⁇ M) for 15 min, prior to addition of 100 ⁇ g/mL luciferase in 50 mM Tris buffer with 10 mM MgCl 2 , 0.1 mM ZnCl 2 , and 2 mM ATP (pH 7.4).
- FIG. 8 depicts a kinetic studies for determination of the second-order rate constant for the reaction between PCL-2 and H 2 O 2 .
- FIG. 9 shows the selective and sensitive bioluminescent detection of Caspase 8 activity by IETDC.
- Total bioluminescent signal integrated over 10 min, from IETDC (5 ⁇ M) and HCBT (5 ⁇ M) alone or incubated with various caspase enzymes (3 and 8:1 unit; 9:0.001 unit) or caspase 8 and Q-VD-OPh (10 ⁇ M) for 60 min.
- 1 IETDC and HCBT
- 2 IETDC, HCBT, and caspase 8
- 3 IETDC, HCBT, caspase 8, and Q-VD-OPh
- 4 IETDC, HCBT, and caspase 3
- 5 IETDC, HCBT, and caspase 9.
- FIG. 10 depicts a comparison of bioluminescent signal from IETDC and D-cysteine incubated with various caspase enzymes. Relative total bioluminescent signal, integrated over 10 min, from IETDC and D-cysteine (5 ⁇ M) incubated with various caspase enzymes and caspase 8 plus Q-VD-OPh for 60 min (1: caspase 8, 2: caspase 8+inhibitor, 3: caspase 3, 4: caspase 9). Signals normalized to signal from IETDC or D-cysteine in the absence of any caspase enzymes and Q-VD-OPh.
- luciferin detection 100 ⁇ g/mL luciferase in 50 mM Tris buffer with 10 mM MgCl 2 , 0.1 mM ZnCl 2 , and 2 mM ATP (pH 7.4) was added to the IETDC and D-cysteine solutions, which also contained HCBT (5 ⁇ M).
- FIG. 11 depicts the dual detection of H 2 O 2 and Caspase 8 via in situ luciferin formation.
- Total bioluminescent signal integrated over 10 min, from PCL-2 (10 ⁇ M) and IETDC (10 ⁇ M) alone or incubated with H 2 O 2 (250 ⁇ M) and caspase 8 (1 unit) in the presence or absence of catalase (1 unit) and/or Q-VD-OPh (10 ⁇ M).
- luciferin formation 100 ⁇ g/mL luciferase in 50 mM Tris buffer with 10 mM MgCl 2 , 0.1 mM ZnCl 2 , and 2 mM ATP (pH 7.4) was added to the PCL-2/IETDC solutions.
- FIG. 12 depicts a comparison of bioluminescent signal from PCL-2/IETDC and HCBT/D-cysteine for in vitro dual-analyte detection.
- total bioluminescent signal integrated over 10 min, from PCL-2 (10 ⁇ M) and IETDC (10 ⁇ M) alone or incubated with H 2 O 2 (250 ⁇ M) and caspase 8 (1 unit) in the presence or absence of catalase (1 unit) and/or Q-VD-OPh (10 ⁇ M).
- total bioluminescent signal integrated over 45 min, from HCBT (5 ⁇ M) and D-cysteine (5 ⁇ M) alone or incubated with H 2 O 2 (250 ⁇ M) and/or caspase 8 (1 unit) in the presence or absence of catalase (1 unit) and/or Q-VD-OPh (10 ⁇ M).
- luciferase 100 ⁇ g/mL luciferase in 50 mM Tris buffer with 10 mM MgCl 2 , 0.1 mM ZnCl 2 , and 2 mM ATP (pH 7.4) was added to the PCL-2/IETDC or HCBT/D-cysteine solutions.
- FIG. 13 depicts the Bioluminescent response of PCL-2 to H 2 O 2 in FVB-luc + mice.
- IP 0.05 ⁇ mol each, in 50 ⁇ L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS
- H 2 O 2 IP, 0, 0.5, 1.5, or 4.5 ⁇ mol, left to right, in 100 ⁇ L of PBS.
- FIG. 14 depicts bioluminescent signals from HCBT and D-cysteine with H 2 O 2 and NAC in FVB-luc + mice.
- (a) Total photon fluxes, 0-15 min post-injection, for mice (n 4-5) injected with a mixture of HCBT and D-cysteine (IP, 0.01 ⁇ mol each, in 50 ⁇ L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) immediately prior to injection of H 2 O 2 (IP, 4.5 ⁇ mol in 100 ⁇ L PBS) or vehicle (IP, 100 ⁇ L PBS).
- FIG. 15 depicts the bioluminescent signal from PCL-2 and IETDC following lipopolysaccharide challenge.
- mice Total photon flux, 0-15 min post-injection, for mice injected with PCL-2 and D-cysteine, ⁇ LPS, and ⁇ apocynin.
- FIG. 16 shows bioluminescent signals from HCBT and D-cysteine with apocynin and z-VD(OMe)-OPh in FVB-luc + mice.
- (a) Total photon fluxes, 0-15 min post-injection, for mice (n 3) injected with apocynin (IP, 10 mg/kg in 20 ⁇ L DMSO) or vehicle (IP, 20 ⁇ L DMSO) two min prior to injections of a mixture of HCBT and D-cysteine (IP, 0.01 ⁇ mol each, in 50 ⁇ L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS).
- FIG. 17 shows dual imaging of H 2 O 2 and Caspase 8 following lipopolysaccharide challenge.
- IP ascorbic acid
- LPS IP, 3 mg/kg in 50 ⁇ L of saline
- z-VD(OMe)-OPh IP, 1 ⁇ mol in 20 ⁇ L of DMSO
- IP 30 or 50 ⁇ L saline or 20 ⁇ L DMSO
- FIG. 18 depicts bioluminescent signals from HCBT and D-cysteine with ascorbic acid in FVB-luc + mice.
- Error bars are ⁇ SEM.
- cell in the context of in vivo and ex vivo applications is meant to encompass eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells of any genus or species. e.g., eukaryotic cells including mammalian cells. “Cell” is also meant to encompass both normal cells and diseased cells, e.g., cancerous cells. In many embodiments, the cells are living cells. In many embodiments, the cells are nucleated cells.
- isolated is meant to describe a compound of interest that is in an environment different from that in which the compound naturally occurs. “Isolated” is meant to include compounds that are within samples that are substantially enriched for the compound of interest and/or in which the compound of interest is partially or substantially purified.
- Luciferase refers to an enzyme that oxidizes a corresponding luciferin, thereby causing bioluminescence. Luciferase enzymes can be found in bacteria, fireflies, fish, squid, dinoflagellates, and other organisms capable of bioluminescence.
- physiological conditions is meant to encompass those conditions compatible with living cells, e.g., predominantly aqueous conditions of a temperature, pH, salinity, etc. that are compatible with living cells.
- reaction partner is meant describe a molecule or molecular moiety that specifically reacts with another reaction partner.
- exemplary reaction partners are those of a subject reaction, i.e., a bicyclic reactant and an aminothiol derivative.
- substantially purified refers to a compound that is removed from its natural environment or its synthetic environment and is at least 60% free, at least 75% free, at least 90% free, at least 95% free, at least 98% free, or at least 99% free from other components with which it is naturally associated, or is at least 60% free, at least 75% free, at least 90% free, at least 95% free, at least 98% free, or at least 99% free from contaminants associated with synthesis of the compound.
- derivative refers, for example, to compounds that are derived from another compound and maintain the same general structure as the compound from which they are derived.
- Alkyl refers to monovalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbyl groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, e.g., from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. This term includes, by way of example, linear and branched hydrocarbyl groups such as methyl (CH 3 —), ethyl (CH 3 CH 2 —), n-propyl (CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 —), isopropyl ((CH 3 ) 2 CH—), n-butyl (CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —), isobutyl ((CH 3 ) 2 CHCH 2 —), sec-butyl ((CH 3 )(CH 3 CH 2 )CH—), t-butyl ((CH 3 ) 3 C—), n-pentyl (CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —), and neopentyl ((CH 3 ) 3 CCH 2 —).
- Substituted alkyl refers to an alkyl group as defined herein wherein one or more carbon atoms in the alkyl chain have been optionally replaced with a heteroatom such as —O—, —N—, —S—, —S(O) n — (where n is 0 to 2), —NR— (where R is hydrogen or alkyl) and having from 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclo
- Alkylene refers to divalent aliphatic hydrocarbyl groups, e.g., having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (e.g., from 1 to 3 carbon atoms) that are either straight-chained or branched, and which are optionally interrupted with one or more groups selected from —O—, —NR 10 —, —NR 10 C(O)—, —C(O)NR 10 — and the like.
- This term includes, by way of example, methylene (—CH 2 —), ethylene (—CH 2 CH 2 —), n-propylene (—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —), iso-propylene (—CH 2 CH(CH 3 )—), (—C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 —), (—C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 C(O)—), (—C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 C(O)NH—), (—CH(CH 3 )CH 2 —), and the like.
- Substituted alkylene refers to an alkylene group having from 1 to 3 hydrogens replaced with substituents as described for carbons in the definition of “substituted” below.
- Alkane refers to alkyl group and alkylene group, as defined herein.
- Alkylaminoalkyl refers to the groups R′NHR′′—where R is alkyl group as defined herein and R is alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group as defined herein.
- Alkaryl or “aralkyl” refers to the groups -alkylene-aryl and -substituted alkylene-aryl where alkylene, substituted alkylene and aryl are defined herein.
- Alkoxy refers to the group —O-alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined herein. Alkoxy includes, by way of example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, t-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, and the like.
- alkoxy also refers to the groups alkenyl-O—, cycloalkyl-O—, cycloalkenyl-O—, and alkynyl-O—, where alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and alkynyl are as defined herein.
- Substituted alkoxy refers to the groups substituted alkyl-O—, substituted alkenyl-O—, substituted cycloalkyl-O—, substituted cycloalkenyl-O—, and substituted alkynyl-O— where substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl and substituted alkynyl are as defined herein.
- Alkoxyamino refers to the group —NH-alkoxy, wherein alkoxy is defined herein.
- Haloalkoxy refers to the groups alkyl-O— wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl group have been substituted with a halo group and include, by way of examples, groups such as trifluoromethoxy, and the like.
- Haloalkyl refers to a substituted alkyl group as described above, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl group have been substituted with a halo group.
- groups include, without limitation, fluoroalkyl groups, such as trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl and the like.
- Alkylalkoxy refers to the groups -alkylene-O-alkyl, alkylene-O-substituted alkyl, substituted alkylene-O-alkyl, and substituted alkylene-O-substituted alkyl wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylene and substituted alkylene are as defined herein.
- Alkylthioalkoxy refers to the group -alkylene-S-alkyl, alkylene-S-substituted alkyl, substituted alkylene-S-alkyl and substituted alkylene-S-substituted alkyl wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylene and substituted alkylene are as defined herein.
- Alkenyl refers to straight chain or branched hydrocarbyl groups having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, e.g., from 2 to 4 carbon atoms; and having at least 1, e.g., from 1 to 2, sites of double bond unsaturation. This term includes, by way of example, bi-vinyl, allyl, and but-3-en-1-yl. Included within this term are the cis and trans isomers or mixtures of these isomers.
- Substituted alkenyl refers to an alkenyl group as defined herein having from 1 to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro
- Alkynyl refers to straight or branched monovalent hydrocarbyl groups having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, e.g., 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and having at least 1 (e.g., from 1 to 2) sites of triple bond unsaturation. Examples of such alkynyl groups include acetylenyl (—C ⁇ CH), and propargyl (—CH 2 C ⁇ CH).
- Substituted alkynyl refers to an alkynyl group as defined herein having from 1 to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino,
- Alkynyloxy refers to the group —O-alkynyl, wherein alkynyl is as defined herein. Alkynyloxy includes, by way of example, ethynyloxy, propynyloxy, and the like.
- Acyl refers to the groups H—C(O)—, alkyl-C(O)—, substituted alkyl-C(O)—, alkenyl-C(O)—, substituted alkenyl-C(O)—, alkynyl-C(O)—, substituted alkynyl-C(O)—, cycloalkyl-C(O)—, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)—, cycloalkenyl-C(O)—, substituted cycloalkenyl-C(O)—, aryl-C(O)—, substituted aryl-C(O)—, heteroaryl-C(O)—, substituted heteroaryl-C(O)—, heterocyclyl-C(O)—, and substituted heterocyclyl-C(O)—, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, substitute
- “Acylamino” refers to the groups —NR 20 C(O)alkyl, —NR 20 C(O)substituted alkyl, N R 20 C(O)cycloalkyl, —NR 20 C(O)substituted cycloalkyl, —NR 20 C(O)cycloalkenyl, —NR 20 C(O)substituted cycloalkenyl, —NR 20 C(O)alkenyl, —NR 20 C(O)substituted alkenyl, —NR 20 C(O)alkynyl, —NR 20 C(O)substituted alkynyl, —NR 20 C(O)aryl, —NR 20 C(O)substituted aryl, —NR 20 C(O)heteroaryl, —NR 20 C(O)substituted heteroaryl, —NR 20 C(O)heterocyclic, and —NR 20 C
- Aminocarbonyl or the term “aminoacyl” refers to the group —C(O)NR 21 R 22 , wherein R 21 and R 22 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R 21 and R 22 are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloal
- Aminocarbonylamino refers to the group —NR 21 C(O)NR 22 R 23 where R 21 , R 22 , and R 23 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl, or where two R groups are joined to form a heterocyclyl group.
- Alkoxycarbonylamino refers to the group —NRC(O)OR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are as defined herein.
- Aminocarbonylalkoxy refers to the group —O—C(O)NRR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are as defined herein.
- Alkyloxy refers to the groups alkyl-C(O)O—, substituted alkyl-C(O)O—, cycloalkyl-C(O)O—, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)O—, aryl-C(O)O—, heteroaryl-C(O)O—, and heterocyclyl-C(O)O— wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are as defined herein.
- Aminosulfonyl refers to the group —SO 2 NR 21 R 22 , wherein R 21 and R 22 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic and where R 21 and R 22 are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group and alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl
- “Sulfonylamino” refers to the group —NR 21 SO 2 R 22 , wherein R 21 and R 22 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R 21 and R 22 are optionally joined together with the atoms bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl
- Aryl or “Ar” refers to a monovalent aromatic carbocyclic group of from 6 to 18 carbon atoms having a single ring (such as is present in a phenyl group) or a ring system having multiple condensed rings (examples of such aromatic ring systems include naphthyl, anthryl and indanyl) which condensed rings may or may not be aromatic, provided that the point of attachment is through an atom of an aromatic ring. This term includes, by way of example, phenyl and naphthyl.
- such aryl groups can optionally be substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halogen, nitro, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thi
- Aryloxy refers to the group —O-aryl, wherein aryl is as defined herein, including, by way of example, phenoxy, naphthoxy, and the like, including optionally substituted aryl groups as also defined herein.
- Amino refers to the group —NH 2 .
- Substituted amino refers to the group —NRR where each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl provided that at least one R is not hydrogen.
- Carboxyl refers to —CO 2 H or salts thereof.
- Carboxyl ester or “carboxy ester” or the terms “carboxyalkyl” or “carboxylalkyl” refers to the groups —C(O)O-alkyl, —C(O)O-substituted alkyl, —C(O)O-alkenyl, —C(O)O-substituted alkenyl, —C(O)O-alkynyl, —C(O)O-substituted alkynyl, —C(O)O-aryl, —C(O)O-substituted aryl, —C(O)O-cycloalkyl, —C(O)O-substituted cycloalkyl, —C(O)O-cycloalkenyl, —C(O)O-substituted cycloalkenyl, —C(O)O-heteroaryl, —C(O)O-
- (Carboxyl ester)oxy” or “carbonate” refers to the groups —O—C(O)O— alkyl, —O—C(O)O-substituted alkyl, —O—C(O)O-alkenyl, —O—C(O)O-substituted alkenyl, —O—C(O)O-alkynyl, —O—C(O)O-substituted alkynyl, —O—C(O)O-aryl, —O—C(O)O— substituted aryl, —O—C(O)O-cycloalkyl, —O—C(O)O-substituted cycloalkyl, —O—C(O)O— cycloalkenyl, —O—C(O)O-substituted cycloalkenyl, —O—C(O)O-heteroaryl, —O—C
- Cycloalkyl refers to cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 10 carbon atoms having single or multiple cyclic rings including fused, bridged, and spiro ring systems.
- suitable cycloalkyl groups include, for instance, adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl and the like.
- Such cycloalkyl groups include, by way of example, single ring structures such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl, and the like, or multiple ring structures such as adamantanyl, and the like.
- “Substituted cycloalkyl” refers to cycloalkyl groups having from 1 to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino
- Cycloalkenyl refers to non-aromatic cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 10 carbon atoms having single or multiple rings and having at least one double bond, e.g., from 1 to 2 double bonds.
- “Substituted cycloalkenyl” refers to cycloalkenyl groups having from 1 to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro,
- Cycloalkynyl refers to non-aromatic cycloalkyl groups of from 5 to 10 carbon atoms having single or multiple rings and having at least one triple bond.
- Cycloalkoxy refers to —O-cycloalkyl
- Cycloalkenyloxy refers to —O-cycloalkenyl.
- Halo or “halogen” refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
- “Hydroxy” or “hydroxyl” refers to the group —OH.
- Heteroaryl refers to an aromatic group of from 1 to 15 carbon atoms, such as from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 to 10 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur within the ring.
- Such heteroaryl groups can have a single ring (such as, pyridinyl, imidazolyl or furyl) or multiple condensed rings in a ring system (for example as in groups such as, indolizinyl, quinolinyl, benzofuran, benzimidazolyl or benzothienyl), wherein at least one ring within the ring system is aromatic and at least one ring within the ring system is aromatic, provided that the point of attachment is through an atom of an aromatic ring.
- the nitrogen and/or sulfur ring atom(s) of the heteroaryl group are optionally oxidized to provide for the N-oxide (N ⁇ O), sulfinyl, or sulfonyl moieties.
- N ⁇ O N-oxide
- sulfinyl N-oxide
- sulfonyl moieties N-oxide (N ⁇ O), sulfinyl, or sulfonyl moieties.
- This term includes, by way of example, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, thiophenyl, and furanyl.
- heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with 1 to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halogen, nitro, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thio
- Heteroaralkyl refers to the groups -alkylene-heteroaryl where alkylene and heteroaryl are defined herein. This term includes, by way of example, pyridylmethyl, pyridylethyl, indolylmethyl, and the like.
- Heteroaryloxy refers to —O-heteroaryl.
- Heterocycle refers to a saturated or unsaturated group having a single ring or multiple condensed rings, including fused bridged and spiro ring systems, and having from 3 to 20 ring atoms, including 1 to 10 hetero atoms. These ring atoms are selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, or oxygen, wherein, in fused ring systems, one or more of the rings can be cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, provided that the point of attachment is through the non-aromatic ring.
- the nitrogen and/or sulfur atom(s) of the heterocyclic group are optionally oxidized to provide for the N-oxide, —S(O)—, or —SO 2 -moieties.
- heterocycles and heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, azetidine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, 4,5,6,
- heterocyclic groups can be optionally substituted with 1 to 5, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro,
- Heterocyclyloxy refers to the group —O-heterocyclyl.
- Heterocyclylthio refers to the group heterocyclic-S—.
- Heterocyclene refers to the diradical group formed from a heterocycle, as defined herein.
- Haldroxyamino refers to the group —NHOH.
- Niro refers to the group —NO 2 .
- Oxo refers to the atom ( ⁇ O).
- “Sulfonyl” refers to the group SO 2 -alkyl, SO 2 -substituted alkyl, SO 2 -alkenyl, SO 2 -substituted alkenyl, SO 2 -cycloalkyl, SO 2 -substituted cycloalkyl, SO 2 -cycloalkenyl, SO 2 -substituted cylcoalkenyl, SO 2 -aryl, SO 2 -substituted aryl, SO 2 -heteroaryl, SO 2 -substituted heteroaryl, SO 2 -heterocyclic, and SO 2 -substituted heterocyclic, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, ary
- “Sulfonyloxy” refers to the group —OSO 2 -alkyl, OSO 2 -substituted alkyl, OSO 2 -alkenyl, OSO 2 -substituted alkenyl, OSO 2 -cycloalkyl, OSO 2 -substituted cycloalkyl, OSO 2 -cycloalkenyl, OSO 2 -substituted cylcoalkenyl, OSO 2 -aryl, OSO 2 -substituted aryl, OSO 2 -heteroaryl, OSO 2 -substituted heteroaryl, OSO 2 -heterocyclic, and OSO 2 substituted heterocyclic, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl,
- Aminocarbonyloxy refers to the group —OC(O)NRR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
- Thiol refers to the group —SH.
- Thioxo or the term “thioketo” refers to the atom ( ⁇ S).
- Alkylthio or the term “thioalkoxy” refers to the group —S-alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined herein.
- sulfur may be oxidized to —S(O)—.
- the sulfoxide may exist as one or more stereoisomers.
- Substituted thioalkoxy refers to the group —S-substituted alkyl.
- Thioaryloxy refers to the group aryl-S— wherein the aryl group is as defined herein including optionally substituted aryl groups also defined herein.
- Thioheteroaryloxy refers to the group heteroaryl-S— wherein the heteroaryl group is as defined herein including optionally substituted aryl groups as also defined herein.
- Thioheterocyclooxy refers to the group heterocyclyl-S— wherein the heterocyclyl group is as defined herein including optionally substituted heterocyclyl groups as also defined herein.
- substituted when used to modify a specified group or radical, can also mean that one or more hydrogen atoms of the specified group or radical are each, independently of one another, replaced with the same or different substituent groups as defined below.
- substituent groups for substituting for one or more hydrogens are, unless otherwise specified, —R 60 , halo, ⁇ O, —OR 70 , —SR 70 , —NR 80 R 80 , trihalomethyl, —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO 2 , ⁇ N 2 , —N 3 , —SO 2 R 70 , —SO 2 O ⁇ M + , —SO 2 R 70 , —OSO 2 R 70 , —OSO 2 O ⁇ M + , —OSO 2 OR 70 , —P(O)(O ⁇ ) 2 (M + ) 2 , —P(O)(OR 70 )O ⁇ M
- Each M + may independently be, for example, an alkali ion, such as K + , Na + , Li + ; an ammonium ion, such as +N(R 60 ) 4 ; or an alkaline earth ion, such as [Ca 2+ ] 0.5 , [Mg 2+ ] 0.5 , or [Ba 2+ ] 0.5 (“subscript 0.5 means that one of the counter ions for such divalent alkali earth ions can be an ionized form of a compound of the present disclosure and the other a typical counter ion such as chloride, or two ionized compounds disclosed herein can serve as counter ions for such divalent alkali earth ions, or a doubly ionized compound of the present disclosure can serve as the counter ion for such divalent alkali earth ions).
- an alkali ion such as K + , Na + , Li +
- an ammonium ion such as +N(R 60 ) 4
- —NR 80 R 80 is meant to include —NH 2 , —NH-alkyl, N-pyrrolidinyl, N-piperazinyl, 4N-methyl-piperazin-1-yl and N-morpholinyl.
- substituent groups for hydrogens on unsaturated carbon atoms in “substituted” alkene, alkyne, aryl and heteroaryl groups are, unless otherwise specified, —R 60 , halo, —O ⁇ M + , —OR 70 , —S ⁇ R 70 , —S ⁇ M + , —NR 80 R 80 , trihalomethyl, —CF 3 , —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO 2 , —N 3 , —SO 2 R 70 , —SO 3 ⁇ M + , —SO 3 R 70 , —OSO 2 R 70 , —OSO 3 ⁇ M + , —OSO 3 R 70 , —PO 3 ⁇ 2 (M + ) 2 , —P(O)(OR 70 )O ⁇ M + , —P(O)(OR 70 ) 2 , —C(O)R
- substituent groups for hydrogens on nitrogen atoms in “substituted” heteroalkyl and cycloheteroalkyl groups are, unless otherwise specified, —R 60 , —O ⁇ M + , —OR 70 , —SR 70 , —S ⁇ M + , —NR 80 R 80 , trihalomethyl, —CF 3 , —CN, —NO, —NO 2 , —S(O) 2 R 70 , —S(O) 2 O ⁇ M + , —S(O) 2 OR 70 , —OS(O) 2 R 70 , —OS(O) 2 O ⁇ M + , —OS(O) 2 R 70 , —P(O)(O ⁇ ) 2 (M + ) 2 , —P(O)(OR 70 )O ⁇ M+, —P(O)(OR 70 )(OR 70 ), —C(
- a group that is substituted has 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents, 1, 2, or 3 substituents, 1 or 2 substituents, or 1 substituent.
- substituents that are not explicitly defined herein are arrived at by naming the terminal portion of the functionality followed by the adjacent functionality toward the point of attachment.
- substituent “arylalkyloxycarbonyl” refers to the group (aryl)-(alkyl)-O—C(O)—.
- any of the groups disclosed herein which contain one or more substituents it is understood, of course, that such groups do not contain any substitution or substitution patterns which are sterically impractical and/or synthetically non-feasible.
- the subject compounds include all stereochemical isomers arising from the substitution of these compounds.
- a “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” means a salt which is acceptable for administration to a patient, such as a mammal (e.g., salts having acceptable mammalian safety for a given dosage regime). Such salts can be derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic bases and from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acids.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound, which salts are derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter ions well known in the art and include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium, and the like; and when the molecule contains a basic functionality, salts of organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, formate, tartrate, besylate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, oxalate, and the like.
- a “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient,” “pharmaceutically acceptable diluent,” “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” and “pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant” means an excipient, diluent, carrier, and adjuvant that are useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that are generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and include an excipient, diluent, carrier, and adjuvant that are acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use.
- “A pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, carrier and adjuvant” as used in the specification and claims includes one and more than one such excipient, diluent, carrier, and adjuvant.
- a “pharmaceutical composition” is meant to encompass a composition suitable for administration to a subject, such as a mammal, especially a human.
- a “pharmaceutical composition” is sterile, and is free of contaminants that are capable of eliciting an undesirable response within the subject (e.g., the compound(s) in the pharmaceutical composition is pharmaceutical grade).
- compositions can be designed for administration to subjects or patients in need thereof via a number of different routes of administration including oral, buccal, rectal, parenteral, intraperitoneal, intradermal, intratracheal and the like.
- the composition is suitable for administration by a transdermal route, using a penetration enhancer other than dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO).
- DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
- the pharmaceutical compositions are suitable for administration by a route other than transdermal administration.
- a pharmaceutical composition will in some embodiments include a subject compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient is other than DMSO.
- a “salt thereof” means a compound formed when the hydrogen of an acid is replaced by a cation, such as a metal cation or an organic cation and the like. Where applicable, the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, although this is not required for salts of compounds that are not intended for administration to a patient.
- salts of the present compounds include those wherein the compound is protonated by an inorganic or organic acid to form a cation, with the conjugate base of the inorganic or organic acid as the anionic component of the salt.
- solvent refers to a complex formed by combination of solvent molecules with molecules or ions of the solute.
- the solvent can be an organic compound, an inorganic compound, or a mixture of both.
- Some examples of solvents include, but are not limited to, methanol, N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylsulfoxide, and water. When the solvent is water, the solvate formed is a hydrate.
- Stereoisomers refer to compounds that have same atomic connectivity but different atomic arrangement in space. Stereoisomers include cis-trans isomers, E and Z isomers, enantiomers, and diastereomers.
- “Tautomer” refers to alternate forms of a molecule that differ only in electronic bonding of atoms and/or in the position of a proton, such as enol-keto and imine-enamine tautomers, or the tautomeric forms of heteroaryl groups containing a —N ⁇ C(H)—NH— ring atom arrangement, such as pyrazoles, imidazoles, benzimidazoles, triazoles, and tetrazoles.
- pyrazoles, imidazoles, benzimidazoles, triazoles, and tetrazoles such as pyrazoles, imidazoles, benzimidazoles, triazoles, and tetrazoles.
- a salt or solvate or stereoisomer thereof is intended to include all permutations of salts, solvates and stereoisomers, such as a solvate of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a stereoisomer of subject compound.
- the present disclosure features a condensation reaction and a luciferin-unmasking reaction that can be carried out under physiological conditions or ex vivo prior to addition to cells or animals.
- the condensation reaction involves reacting a bicyclic reactant (in protected or deprotected version) with an aminothiol derivative (in protected or deprotected version), generating a luciferin or luciferin derivative.
- a luciferin can provide detectable luminescence.
- a luciferin derivative can be unmasked to provide detectable luminescence in a luciferin-unmasking reaction.
- the present disclosure provides bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives suitable for use in the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction to generate a luciferin or luciferin derivative.
- the condensation and luciferin-unmasking reactions find use in a variety of applications, which are also provided.
- the bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives can comprise protecting group moieties involved in detection of one or more biological processes or biomolecules.
- protecting group moieties on a bicyclic reactant and an aminothiol derivative can allow a condensation reaction to proceed to produce a luciferin or luciferin derivative.
- Luciferin can provide detectable luminescence.
- the luciferin derivative comprises a protecting group moiety in manner such that the luciferin derivative does not provide detectable luminescence.
- a luciferin is formed and can provide detectable luminescence.
- the deprotection or release of the protecting group moiety in the luciferin-unmasking reaction can occur before the condensation reaction.
- the protecting groups for heteroatom functional group or carboxyl substituents of the reactants are deprotected before deprotection or release of protecting group moieties for the condensation reaction.
- a luciferin is generated upon occurrence of the condensation reaction.
- the selectivity of the reaction and its compatibility with aqueous environments provides for its application in vivo and in vitro.
- the reaction is compatible with living cells.
- the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction can serve as an assay for the detection of one or more biological processes or biomolecules.
- Luminescence can be detected if luciferin is formed from the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction.
- the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction are dependent on the deprotection and release of protecting group moieties.
- the protecting group moieties are deprotected or released and the condensation reaction and/or luciferin-unmasking reaction can occur and result in detectable luminescence.
- the protecting group moieties would remain on the bicyclic reactant, aminothiol derivative and/or luciferin derivative, and there would be no substantial detectable luminescence.
- the disclosure discusses protecting groups for the reaction partners, the condensation reaction and reaction products thereof, assays using the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction, compositions comprising the disclosed compounds, and utility of the disclosed compounds.
- the present disclosure provides bicyclic reactants and composition comprising the bicyclic reactants.
- the present disclosure provides cyanobenzothiazole (CBT) derivatives and composition comprising the CBT derivatives.
- Cyanobenzothiazole (CBT) has the following structure:
- the embodiments provide compounds of Formula Ia and composition comprising the compounds.
- Q 1 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q1 —;
- R Q1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- PG I is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- the embodiments provide compounds of Formula Ib and composition comprising the compounds.
- Q 1 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q1 —;
- R Q1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- PG I is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- the embodiments provide compounds of Formula Ic and composition comprising the compounds.
- Q 1 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q1 —;
- R Q1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino.
- the embodiments provide compounds of Formula Id and composition comprising the compounds.
- Q 1 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q1 —;
- R Q1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino.
- Q 1 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q1 -.
- Q 1 is —O—. In certain embodiments, Q 1 is —NR Q1 -.
- R Q1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R Q1 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R Q1 is alkyl. In certain embodiments, R Q1 is substituted alkyl.
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group. In certain embodiments, PG IV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PG IV is a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group.
- PG IV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl ester, aminosulfonyl, sulfonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, and aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- PG IV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, aminoacyl, and carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PG IV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PG IV is alkyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is acyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is aminoacyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PG IV is alkoxycarbonylamino. In certain embodiments, PG IV is aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- R 1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino.
- R 1 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 1 is halogen. In certain embodiments, R 1 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is alkyl or substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R 1 is amino or substituted amino.
- PG I is an optional protecting group for cyano group. In certain embodiments, PG I is not present. In certain embodiments, PG I is present.
- a masked cyano group is a chemically protected form of a cyano group, in which the cyano group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group).
- PG I is present such that the masked cyano group is —C(O)NH 2 , —C(O)NRR, and -C ⁇ NOH (aldoxime); wherein R is independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
- At least one of PG I and PG IV is a protecting group.
- PG I is a protecting group.
- PG IV is a protecting group.
- the compound of formula I has the following formula:
- -Q 1 PG IV is selected from the following:
- R is hydrogen or alkyl
- R is selected from the following. Both the alkyl group and resulting boronic ester are shown below:
- the embodiments provide compounds of Formula IIa and composition comprising the compounds.
- Q 2 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q2 —;
- R Q2 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q 3 is —O— or —S—
- PG IV is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- the embodiments provide compounds of Formula IIb and composition comprising the compounds.
- Q 2 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q2 —;
- R Q2 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q 3 is —O— or —S—
- PG I is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- Q 2 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q2 -. In certain embodiments, Q 2 is —O—. In certain embodiments, Q 2 is —NR Q2 -.
- R Q2 when Q 2 is —NR Q2 —, R Q2 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R Q2 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R Q2 is alkyl. In certain embodiments, R Q2 is substituted alkyl.
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group. In certain embodiments, PG IV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PG IV is a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group.
- PG IV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl ester, aminosulfonyl, sulfonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, and aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- PG IV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, aminoacyl, and carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PG IV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PG IV is alkyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is acyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is aminoacyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PG IV is alkoxycarbonylamino. In certain embodiments, PG IV is aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino.
- R 2 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 2 is halogen.
- R 2 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R 2 is alkyl or substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 2 is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R 2 is amino or substituted amino.
- Q 3 is —O— or -S—. In certain embodiments, Q 3 is —O—. In certain embodiments, Q 3 is —S—.
- PG I is an optional protecting group for cyano group. In certain embodiments, PG I is not present. In certain embodiments, PG I is present.
- a masked cyano group is a chemically protected form of a cyano group, in which the cyano group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group).
- PG I is present such that the masked cyano group is —C(O)NH 2 , —C(O)NRR, and -C ⁇ NOH (aldoxime); wherein R is independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
- At least one of PG I and PG IV is a protecting group.
- PG I is a protecting group.
- PG IV is a protecting group.
- the embodiments provide compounds of Formula IIIa and composition comprising the compounds.
- Q 4 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q4 —;
- R Q4 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q 5 is —N— or —CH—
- PG I is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- the embodiments provide compounds of Formula IIIb and composition comprising the compounds.
- Q 4 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q4 —;
- R Q4 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q 5 is —N— or —CH—
- PG I is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- Q 4 is selected from —O— and —NR Q4 -. In certain embodiments, Q 4 is —O—. In certain embodiments, Q 4 is —NR Q4 -. In formula III, when Q 4 is —NR Q4 —, R Q4 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R Q4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R Q4 is alkyl. In certain embodiments, R Q4 is substituted alkyl.
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group. In certain embodiments, PG IV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PG IV is a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group.
- PG IV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl ester, aminosulfonyl, sulfonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, and aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- PG IV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, aminoacyl, and carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PG IV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PG IV is alkyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is acyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is aminoacyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PG IV is alkoxycarbonylamino. In certain embodiments, PG IV is aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- R 3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino.
- R 3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 3 is halogen.
- R 3 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is alkyl or substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R 3 is amino or substituted amino.
- Q 5 is —N— or —CH—. In certain embodiments, Q 5 is —N—. In certain embodiments, Q 5 is —CH—.
- PG I is an optional protecting group for cyano group. In certain embodiments, PG I is not present. In certain embodiments, PG I is present.
- a masked cyano group is a chemically protected form of a cyano group, in which the cyano group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group).
- PG I is present such that the masked cyano group is —C(O)NH 2 , —C(O)NRR, and -C ⁇ NOH (aldoxime); wherein R is independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
- At least one of PG I and PG IV is a protecting group.
- PG I is a protecting group.
- PG IV is a protecting group.
- the embodiments provide compounds of Formula IVa and composition comprising the compounds.
- Q 6 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q6 —;
- R Q6 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q 7 is —N— or —CH—
- PG I is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- the embodiments provide compounds of Formula IVb and composition comprising the compounds.
- Q 6 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q6 —;
- R Q6 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q 7 is —N— or —CH—
- PG I is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- Q 6 is selected from —O— and —NR Q6 -. In certain embodiments, Q 6 is —O—. In certain embodiments, Q 6 is —NR Q6 —. In formula IV, when Q 6 is —NR Q6 —, R Q6 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R Q6 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R Q6 is alkyl. In certain embodiments, R Q6 is substituted alkyl.
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group. In certain embodiments, PG IV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PG IV is a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group.
- PG IV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl ester, aminosulfonyl, sulfonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, and aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- PG IV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, aminoacyl, and carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PG IV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PG IV is alkyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is acyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is aminoacyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PG IV is alkoxycarbonylamino. In certain embodiments, PG IV is aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- R 4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino.
- R 4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 4 is halogen.
- R 4 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R 4 is alkyl or substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 4 is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R 4 is amino or substituted amino.
- Q 7 is —N— or —CH—. In certain embodiments, Q 7 is —N—. In certain embodiments, Q 7 is —CH—.
- PG I is an optional protecting group for cyano group. In certain embodiments, PG I is not present. In certain embodiments, PG I is present.
- a masked cyano group is a chemically protected form of a cyano group, in which the cyano group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group).
- PG I is present such that the masked cyano group is —C(O)NH 2 , —C(O)NRR, and -C ⁇ NOH (aldoxime); wherein R is independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
- At least one of PG I and PG IV is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, PG IV is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, PG IV is a protecting group.
- the embodiments provide compounds of Formula Va and composition comprising the compounds.
- Q 8 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q8 —;
- R Q8 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 5 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q 9 is —N— or —CH—
- PG 1 is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- the embodiments provide compounds of Formula Vb and composition comprising the compounds.
- Q is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q8 —;
- R Q8 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 5 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q 9 is —N— or —CH—
- PG 1 is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- Q 8 is selected from —O— and —NR Q8 -. In certain embodiments, Q 8 is —O—. In certain embodiments, Q 8 is —NR Q8—. In formula V, when Q 8 is —NR Q8 —, R Q8 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R Q8 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R Q8 is alkyl. In certain embodiments, R Q8 is substituted alkyl.
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group. In certain embodiments, PG IV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PG IV is a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group.
- PG IV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl ester, aminosulfonyl, sulfonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, and aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- PG IV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, aminoacyl, and carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PG IV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PG IV is alkyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is acyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is aminoacyl. In certain embodiments, PG IV is carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PG IV is alkoxycarbonylamino. In certain embodiments, PG IV is aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- R 5 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino.
- R 5 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R 5 is halogen.
- R 5 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R 5 is alkyl or substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 5 is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R 5 is amino or substituted amino.
- Q 9 is —N— or —CH—. In certain embodiments, Q 9 is —N—. In certain embodiments, Q 9 is —CH—.
- PG I is an optional protecting group for cyano group. In certain embodiments, PG I is not present. In certain embodiments, PG I is present.
- a masked cyano group is a chemically protected form of a cyano group, in which the cyano group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group).
- PG I is present such that the masked cyano group is —C(O)NH 2 , —C(O)NRR, and -C ⁇ NOH (aldoxime); wherein R is independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
- At least one of PG I and PG IV is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, PG IV is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, PG IV is a protecting group.
- Aminothiol is a compound that comprises both an amino group and a thiol group.
- aminothiol is 2-aminoethanethiol, as shown below:
- derivative refers, for example, to compounds that are derived from another compound and maintain the same general structure as the compound from, which they are derived.
- a subject aminothiol derivative is compound of formula:
- PG II is hydrogen or a protecting group for an amino group
- PG III is hydrogen or a protecting group for a thiol group
- PG V is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group
- L is C 1-2 alkylene, C 1-2 alkenylene, or C 1-2 alkynylene.
- a subject aminothiol derivative is compound of formula:
- PG II is hydrogen or a protecting group for an amino group
- PG III is hydrogen or a protecting group for a thiol group
- PG V is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group
- a subject aminothiol derivative is compound of formula:
- PG II is a protecting group for an amino group.
- a subject aminothiol derivative is compound of formula:
- PG III is a protecting group for a thiol group.
- a subject aminothiol derivative is compound of formula:
- PG V is a protecting group for a carboxyl group.
- At least one of PG I , PG II , and PG V is a protecting group.
- L is C 1-2 alkylene, C 1-2 alkenylene, or C 1-2 alkynylene. In certain embodiments, L is C 1-2 alkylene. In certain embodiments, L is C 1-2 alkenylene. In certain embodiments, L is C 1-2 alkynylene.
- PG II is hydrogen or a protecting group for an amino group.
- PG II is hydrogen
- PG II is a protecting group for an amino group.
- formula VI if PG II is present, there is a masked amino group.
- a masked amino group is a chemically protected form of an amino group, in which the amino group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). Examples of masked amino groups can be found in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999, for example at pages 494-659).
- a masked amino group is a carbamate or an amide.
- PG II is present to form a masked amino group, wherein the amino group is connected to an amino acid, peptide, or protein.
- the amino acid, amino acid, peptide, or protein can be cleaved due to specific conditions.
- PG II is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, aminosulfonyl, and sulfonyl.
- PG II is hydrogen or alkyl.
- PG II is hydrogen.
- PG II is alkyl.
- PG II is acyl.
- PG III is hydrogen or a protecting group for a thiol group.
- PG III is hydrogen
- PG III is a protecting group for a thiol group.
- a masked thiol group is a chemically protected form of a thiol group, in which the thiol group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). Examples of masked thiol groups can be found in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999, for example at pages 454-493).
- a masked thiol group is a thioether or thioester.
- PG III is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, aminosulfonyl, or sulfonyl.
- PG III is hydrogen or alkyl.
- PG III is hydrogen.
- PG III is alkyl.
- PG III is acyl.
- PG V is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group.
- PG V is hydrogen
- PG V is a protecting group for a carboxyl group.
- a masked carboxyl group is a chemically protected form of a carboxyl group, in which the carboxyl group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). Examples of masked carboxyl groups can be found in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999, for example at pages 369-463).
- a masked carboxyl group is an ester, an amide, or a hydrazide.
- PG V is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, aminosulfonyl, and sulfonyl.
- PG V is hydrogen or alkyl.
- PG V is hydrogen.
- PG V is alkyl.
- the present disclosure provide for a bicyclic reactant and an aminothiol derivative, wherein each of these compounds can comprise protecting groups for various functional groups on the bicyclic reactant and amino derivative.
- the bicyclic reactant can comprise protecting groups for the heteroatom functional group and/or cyano group.
- the aminothiol derivative can comprise protecting groups for the amino group, thiol group, and/or carboxyl group.
- the protecting group for amino group or hydroxyl group on the bicyclic reactant can be a cleavable linker group that provides for release of the bicyclic moiety upon reaction.
- the present disclosure features a condensation reaction that can be carried out under physiological conditions or ex vivo prior to addition to cells or animal.
- the condensation reaction involves reacting a bicyclic reactant with an aminothiol derivative, generating a luciferin or luciferin derivative.
- luciferin is used generically to refer to any light-emitting molecule utilized by a luciferase.
- a luciferin can provide detectable luminescence.
- a luciferin derivative can be unmasked to provide detectable luminescence in a luciferin-unmasking reaction.
- the condensation reaction proceeds with reaction of an unprotected cyano group of a bicyclic reactant and an unprotected amino group and an unprotected thiol group of an aminothiol derivative. If any of the cyano, amino, or thiol groups is protected, the condensation reaction will not likely proceed. Thus, the condensation reaction can be controlled by addition and removal of protecting groups on any of the cyano, amino, or thiol groups.
- a condensation reaction is shown with a bicyclic reactant that is a compound of Formula Ia (unprotected form) and a compound of Formula VIa (unprotected form) to form a compound of Formula VIIa.
- the embodiments provide luciferin derivatives and composition comprising the compounds.
- a subject luciferin derivative is compound of formula:
- Q 1 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q1 —;
- R Q1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- PG V is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group
- L is C 1-2 alkylene, C 1-2 alkenylene, or C 1-2 alkynylene.
- a condensation reaction is shown with a bicyclic portion that is a compound of Formula IIa (unprotected form) and a compound of Formula VIa (unprotected form) to form a compound of Formula VIIIa.
- the embodiments provide luciferin derivatives and composition comprising the compounds.
- a subject luciferin derivative is compound of formula:
- Q 2 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q2 —;
- R Q2 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q 3 is —O— or —S—
- PG V is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group
- L is C 1-2 alkylene, C 1-2 alkenylene, or C 1-2 alkynylene.
- a condensation reaction is shown with a bicyclic portion that is a compound of Formula IIIa (unprotected form) and a compound of Formula VIa (unprotected form) to form a compound of Formula IXa.
- the embodiments provide luciferin derivatives and composition comprising the compounds.
- a subject luciferin derivative is compound of formula:
- Q 4 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q4 —;
- R Q4 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, substituted amino, a moiety that comprises a reactive group that facilitates covalent attachment of a molecule of interest; and a molecule of interest;
- Q 5 is —N— or —CH—
- PG V is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group
- L is C 1-2 alkylene, C 1-2 alkenylene, or C 1-2 alkynylene.
- a condensation reaction is shown with a bicyclic portion that is a compound of Formula IVa (unprotected form) and a compound of Formula VIa (unprotected form) to form a compound of Formula Xa.
- the embodiments provide luciferin derivatives and composition comprising the compounds.
- a subject luciferin derivative is compound of formula:
- Q 6 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Q6 —;
- R Q6 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q 7 is —N— or —CH—
- PG V is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group
- L is C 1-2 alkylene, C 1-2 alkenylene, or C 1-2 alkynylene.
- a condensation reaction is shown with a bicyclic portion that is a compound of Formula Va (unprotected form) and a compound of Formula VIa (unprotected form) to form a compound of Formula XIa.
- the embodiments provide luciferin derivatives and composition comprising the compounds.
- a subject luciferin derivative is compound of formula:
- Q 8 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NR Qs —;
- R Q8 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl
- PG IV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group
- R 5 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q 9 is —N— or —CH—
- PG V is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group
- L is C 1-2 alkylene, C 1-2 alkenylene, or C 1-2 alkynylene.
- the condensation reaction involves reacting a bicyclic reactant (in protected or deprotected version) with an aminothiol derivative (in protected or deprotected version), generating a luciferin or luciferin derivative.
- a luciferin can provide detectable luminescence.
- a luciferin derivative can be unmasked to provide detectable luminescence in a luciferin-unmasking reaction.
- the bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives can comprise protecting group moieties involved in detection of one or more biological processes or biomolecules.
- protecting group moieties on a bicyclic reactant and an aminothiol derivative can allow a condensation reaction to proceed to produce a luciferin or luciferin derivative.
- Luciferin can provide detectable luminescence.
- the luciferin derivative comprises a protecting group moiety in manner such that the luciferin derivative does not provide detectable luminescence.
- a luciferin is formed and can provide detectable luminescence.
- the deprotection or release of the protecting group moiety in the luciferin-unmasking reaction can occur before the condensation reaction.
- the protecting groups for heteroatom functional group or carboxyl substituents of the reactants are deprotected before deprotection or release of protecting group moieties for the condensation reaction.
- a luciferin is generated upon occurrence of the condensation reaction.
- An example of luciferin-unmasking and condensation reactions is shown below.
- the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction can serve as an assay for the detection of one or more biological processes or biomolecules.
- Luminescence can be detected if luciferin is formed from the condensation and luciferin-unmasking reactions.
- the condensation and luciferin-unmasking reactions are dependent on the deprotection and release of protecting group moieties.
- the protecting group moieties are deprotected or released and the condensation and/or luciferin-unmasking reaction can occur and result in detectable luminescence.
- the protecting group moieties would remain on the bicyclic reactant, aminothiol derivative and/or luciferin derivative, and there would be no substantial detectable luminescence.
- the condensation reaction proceeds with reaction of an unprotected cyano group of a bicyclic reactant and an unprotected amino group and an unprotected thiol group of an aminothiol derivative. If any of the cyano, amino, or thiol groups is protected, the condensation reaction will not likely proceed. Thus, the condensation reaction can be controlled by addition and removal of protecting groups on any of the cyano, amino, or thiol groups. An example of the condensation reaction is shown below.
- the compound can comprise a cyano group or a masked cyano group.
- a masked cyano group is a chemically protected form of a cyano group, in which the cyano group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group).
- a masked cyano group is —C(O)NH 2 , —C(O)NRR, and -C ⁇ NOH (aldoxime).
- Deprotection of the masked cyano group to present a cyano group facilitates the condensation reaction.
- deprotection of the masked cyano group can occur in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo.
- the compound can comprise a thiol group or a masked thiol group.
- a masked thiol group is a chemically protected form of a thiol group, in which the thiol group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). Examples of masked thiol groups can be found in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999, for example at pages 454-493).
- a masked thiol group is a thioether, thioester, or disulfide.
- Deprotection of the masked thiol group to present a thiol group facilitates the condensation reaction.
- deprotection of the masked thiol group can occur in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo.
- the compound can comprise an amino group or a masked amino group.
- a masked amino group is a chemically protected form of an amino group, in which the amino group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). Examples of masked amino groups can be found in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999, for example at pages 494-659).
- a masked amino group is a carbamate or an amide.
- the masked amino group is presented such that the amino group is connected to an amino acid, peptide, or protein.
- the amino acid, amino acid, peptide, or protein can be cleaved due to specific conditions.
- Deprotection of the masked amino group to present an amino group facilitates the condensation reaction.
- deprotection of the masked amino group can occur in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo.
- a luciferin derivative provides a carboxyl group and a heteroatom functional group in which either of the groups can be protected.
- the heteroatom functional group is —OH or —NH 2 . If any of the carboxyl group or heteroatom functional groups is protected, the luminescence reaction will not likely proceed. Thus, the luminescence reaction can be controlled by addition and removal of protecting groups on any of the carboxyl group and heteroatom functional groups.
- An example of the luciferin-unmasking reaction is shown below.
- the compound can comprise a carboxyl or a masked carboxyl group.
- a masked carboxyl group is a chemically protected form of a carboxyl group, in which the carboxyl group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). Examples of masked carboxyl groups can be found in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999, for example at pages 369-463).
- a masked carboxyl group is an ester, an amide, or a hydrazide.
- the masked carboxyl group is presented such that the carboxyl group is connected to an amino acid, peptide, or protein.
- the amino acid, amino acid, peptide, or protein can be cleaved due to specific conditions.
- Deprotection of the masked carboxyl group to present a carboxyl group facilitates the luminescence reaction.
- deprotection of the masked carboxyl group can occur in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo.
- the compound can comprise a heteroatom functional group or a masked heteroatom functional group, in which the heteroatom functional group is —OH or —NH 2 .
- the heteroatom functional group this is protected is-Q-PG IV .
- Deprotection of the heteroatom functional group can be performed with procedures in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999).
- a masked hydroxyl group is an ether or ester.
- a masked amino group is a carbamate or an amide.
- the masked amino group is presented such that the amino group is connected to an amino acid, peptide, or protein.
- the amino acid, amino acid, peptide, or protein can be cleaved due to specific conditions.
- Deprotection of the masked heteroatom functional group to present a heteroatom functional group facilitates the luminescence reaction.
- deprotection of the masked heteroatom functional group can occur in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo.
- the protecting groups can be removed and the condensation reaction and/or luciferin-unmasking reaction can proceed to produce a luciferin, which can provide detectable luminescence.
- the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction can serve as a detection system for certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions.
- Multiple protecting groups can be utilized in the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction. With orthogonal protecting groups, detection of presence of different biomolecules or different biological processes or different changes in biological conditions can be determined.
- the reaction partners comprise up to five protecting groups: PG I , PG II , PG III , PG IV , and PG V .
- the protecting groups are removed from the reaction partners and resulting luciferin derivative.
- each protecting group and up to five protecting groups can serve as a detection system for certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions. Examples are shown in Table 1, below.
- Each of the protecting groups can have different conditions for deprotection.
- the conditions for deprotection of the protecting groups can be associated with certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions, thus serving as a detection system for these biomolecules, biological processes, or changes in biological conditions.
- removal of the protecting groups can be performed under general conditions (such a pH or the like) or certain conditions (such as in the presence of certain enzymes with certain cleavage sites).
- the table below shows protecting groups that can be used in the compounds herein.
- the protecting group can be removed from the compound with certain biomolecules.
- Certain biomolecules are present in certain conditions or pathologies and thus are associated with certain conditions or pathologies. Examples are shown in Table 2, below.
- OPO 3 Na 2 hydroxyl Alkaline Increased levels when bile ducts are blocked, phosphatases increased levels in children and pregnant women, during bone formation, and in seminomas, polycythemia vera, primary myelofibrosis. Decreased levels in hypophosphatasia, malnutrition, hypothyroidism, anemia, achondroplasia, cretinism, leukemia, Wilson's disease, hemoglobinuria, and following heart surgery.
- Beta-D-galactoside Hydroxyl B-galactosidase Decreased levels in galactosialidosis and Morquio B activity syndrome. Increased in senescent cells.
- Ac-RRKY-, Ac-Arg-X-(Lys/Arg)- Amino Furin activity Cancer, juvenile hemochromatosis, viral Arg- pathogenesis, X any amino acid residue maintenance of immune tolerance z-DEVD Amino Caspase 3/7 Inflammation, apoptosis, sepsis, activity neurodegenerative disease z-LEHD Amino Caspase-9 activity Inflammation, apoptosis, sepsis, neurodegenerative disease GP-, VP- Amino Dipeptidyl Immune regulation, apoptosis, glucose metabolism, peptidase activity cancer, diabetes Suc-LLVY, Z-QEVY- Amino Calpain- and Muscular dystrophy, necrosis, colon polyp chymotrypsin
- the protecting group for amino group or hydroxyl group on the bicyclic reactant can be or can comprise a cleavable linker group that provides for release of the bicyclic moiety upon reaction.
- the protecting group can include a reactive group linked to the bicyclic reactant by a cleavable linker. Once the reactive group is removed, the linked can be cleaved.
- cleavable linker group refers to a linker that can be selectively cleaved to produce at least two products.
- Application of suitable cleavage conditions to a molecule containing a cleavable linker that is cleaved by the cleavage conditions will produce the byproducts.
- a cleavable linker of the embodiments is stable, e.g. to physiological conditions, until the molecule is contacted with a cleavage-inducing stimulus, such as a cleavage-inducing agent.
- PG IV in the bicyclic reactant, can be
- R 10 and R 11 are selected from hydrogen and alkyl; or R 10 and R 11 together form a boronic ester ring or substituted boronic ester ring;
- a ring is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
- L 1 is cleavable linker group that provides for release of the bicyclic reactant upon reaction of the —B(OR 1 )(OR 2 ) group with a reactive oxygen species.
- R 10 and R 11 are selected from hydrogen and alkyl; or R 10 and R 11 together form a boronic ester ring or substituted boronic ester ring;
- a ring is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
- L 1 is cleavable linker group that provides for release of the bicyclic reactant upon reaction of the —B(OR 1 )(OR 2 ) group with a reactive oxygen species;
- R 10 and R 11 can be selected from hydrogen and alkyl; or R 10 and R 11 together can form a boronic ester ring or substituted boronic ester ring.
- both R 10 and R 11 are hydrogen.
- both R 10 and R 11 are alkyl, such as, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, and butyl.
- R 10 and R 11 together form a boronic ester ring or substituted boronic ester ring.
- R 1 and R 2 together form a boronic ester ring.
- R 10 and R 11 together form a substituted boronic ester ring.
- the —B(OR 10 )(OR 11 ) group is selected from the following:
- the A ring can be selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl.
- the A ring is aryl.
- the A ring is substituted aryl.
- the A ring is phenyl.
- the A ring is substituted phenyl.
- the A ring is heteroaryl.
- the A ring is substituted heteroaryl.
- the A ring is pyridinyl.
- the A ring is substituted pyridinyl.
- the A ring connects the —B(OR 10 )(OR 11 ) group and L 1 .
- the arrangement of these groups on the A ring is at any suitable ring positions that provides for electronic communication between the two groups (e.g., delocalization of a lone pair of electrons from one group to the other).
- A is a phenyl ring
- arrangement of the —B(OR 10 )(OR 11 ) group and L 1 group either ortho- or para- to each other provides for delocalization of a lone pair of electrons from the site of —B(OR 1 )(OR 11 ) group oxidation to the cleavable bond of the cleavable linker.
- L 1 is cleavable linker group that provides for release of a bicyclic reactant upon reaction of the —B(OR 1 )(OR 2 ) group with a reactive oxygen species, where release of a bicyclic reactant includes cleavage of a cleavable bond to release a leaving group.
- the cleavable bond of the cleavable linking group L 1 is spontaneously cleaved to release the leaving group and a bicyclic reactant.
- the cleavable bond connects the leaving group to an adjacent carbon atom that is conjugated to the aryl boronate group that is oxidized.
- a cascade occurs in which an electron pair is donated from the site of oxidation through the aryl or heteroaryl group to the carbon atom adjacent to the leaving group of the linker, thereby cleaving the cleavable bond.
- the L 1 linker group provides for release of a bicyclic reactant by fragmentation or cleavage of the linker with the donation of the electron pair.
- the L 1 linker group comprises segments of atoms, in which the segments can be displaced into two byproducts after a cleavage-inducing stimulus (e.g., reaction of the —B(OR 1 )(OR 2 ) group with a reactive oxygen species).
- the L 1 linker group can include one or more groups such as, but not limited to, alkyl, ether, carbamate, carbonate, carbamide (urea), ester, thioester, aryl, amide, imines, phosphate esters, hydrazones, acetals, orthoesters, and combinations thereof.
- the L 1 linker group is described the following structure:
- X is a leaving group and L 2 is a linking group, wherein the bond that connects X to the adjacent —CH 2 — group (e.g., CH 2 —X) is a cleavable bond.
- X is oxygen or sulfur.
- the leaving group is a carbamate, a carbonate, a thiol, an alcohol, an amino (e.g., an aryl amino) or a phenol group.
- the linking group L 2 is a covalent bond or a chain of between 1 and 12 atoms in length (e.g., between 1 and 10, 1 and 8, 1 and 6 or 1 and 4 atoms in length).
- L 2 is a chain of between 1 and 12 atoms in length that further includes a second leaving group adjacent to the bicyclic reactant (e.g., L 2 has a structure L 3 -X 2 where L 3 is a linking group and X 2 is the second leaving group, e.g., O, NH or NR where R is an alkyl), such that upon cleavage of the cleavable bond (CH 2 —X), a moiety is released (e.g., HX-L 3 -X 2 -Q 1 ) that includes both the first leaving group (X), L 3 -X 2 and the bicyclic reactant.
- a second leaving group adjacent to the bicyclic reactant e.g., L 2 has a structure L 3 -X 2 where L 3 is a
- the released moiety may undergo further cleavage or fragmentation (e.g., via an intramolecular cyclization-release) to release HX -Q 1 .
- L 2 is a covalent bond, such that upon cleavage of the cleavable bond (CH 2 —X), a moiety is released (e.g., HX-Q 1 ) that includes both the leaving group and the bicyclic reactant.
- the bicyclic moiety that is released it is understood that the leaving group and segments of the linker may be attached to the released bicyclic moiety being described.
- the -L 1 -Q 1 -group is selected from the following:
- R 5 is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl or alkoxy, where optionally R 5 may be covalently connected to the bicyclic reactant (e.g., to form a fused ring system).
- the disclosure provides a method for detection of a biological process or biomolecule in a test subject, the method comprising contacting test subject with a compound of any of Formula I-V and a compound of Formula VI.
- the method can further comprise monitoring the test subject for luminescence, wherein luminescence indicates the presence of the biological process or biomolecule.
- more than one biological process or biomolecule in a test subject can be monitored.
- orthogonal protecting groups can be used in the compounds for the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction in a manner to allow for monitoring of more than one biological process or biomolecule in a test subject.
- the biological process is any one of the conditions/pathnologies in Table 2 above.
- the biological process is cancer, a cardiovascular disorder, diabetes, or a neurodegenerative disease. In certain embodiments, the biological process is an inflammatory response. In certain embodiments, the biomolecule detected is any one of the biomolecules in Table 2 above. In specific embodiments, the biomolecule is caspase-8 and/or H 2 O 2 .
- compositions comprising a subject compound.
- Compositions comprising a subject compound can include one or more of: a salt, e.g., NaCl, MgCl 2 , KCl, MgSO 4 , etc.; a buffering agent, e.g., a Tris buffer, N-(2-Hydroxyethyl)piperazine-N′-(2-ethanesulfonic acid) (HEPES), 2-(N-Morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid (MES), 2-(N-Morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid sodium salt (MES), 3-(N-Morpholino)propanesulfonic acid (MOPS), N-tris[Hydroxymethyl]methyl-3-aminopropanesulfonic acid (TAPS), etc.; a solubilizing agent; a detergent, e.g., a non-ionic detergent such as Tween-20
- compositions comprising a subject compound.
- a subject compound can be formulated with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
- pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are known in the art and need not be discussed in detail herein.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients have been amply described in a variety of publications, including, for example, A. Gennaro (2000) “Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy,” 20th edition, Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins; Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems (1999) H. C. Ansel et al., eds., 7 th ed., Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients (2000) A. H. Kibbe et al., eds., 3 rd ed. Amer. Pharmaceutical Assoc.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as vehicles, adjuvants, carriers or diluents, are readily available to the public.
- pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, stabilizers, wetting agents and the like, are readily available to the public.
- a subject compound can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions by combination with appropriate, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents, and may be formulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, liquid or gaseous forms, such as tablets, capsules, powders, granules, ointments, solutions, suppositories, injections, inhalants and aerosols.
- Suitable excipient vehicles are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, or the like, and combinations thereof.
- the vehicle may contain minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents or pH buffering agents.
- auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents or pH buffering agents.
- a suitable excipient is dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). In other cases, DMSO is specifically excluded.
- a subject compound can be used alone or in combination with appropriate additives to make tablets, powders, granules or capsules, for example, with conventional additives, such as lactose, mannitol, corn starch or potato starch; with binders, such as crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acacia, corn starch or gelatins; with disintegrators, such as corn starch, potato starch or sodium carboxymethylcellulose; with lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate; and if desired, with diluents, buffering agents, moistening agents, preservatives and flavoring agents.
- conventional additives such as lactose, mannitol, corn starch or potato starch
- binders such as crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acacia, corn starch or gelatins
- disintegrators such as corn starch, potato starch or sodium carboxymethylcellulose
- lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate
- a subject compound can be formulated into preparations for injection by dissolving, suspending or emulsifying them in an aqueous or nonaqueous solvent, such as vegetable or other similar oils, synthetic aliphatic acid glycerides, esters of higher aliphatic acids or propylene glycol; and if desired, with conventional additives such as solubilizers, isotonic agents, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, stabilizers and preservatives.
- a subject compound can be utilized in aerosol formulation to be administered via inhalation.
- a subject compound can be formulated into pressurized acceptable propellants such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen and the like.
- a subject compound can be made into suppositories by mixing with a variety of bases such as emulsifying bases or water-soluble bases.
- bases such as emulsifying bases or water-soluble bases.
- a subject compound can be administered rectally via a suppository.
- the suppository can include vehicles such as cocoa butter, carbowaxes and polyethylene glycol monomethyl ethers, which melt at body temperature, yet are solidified at room temperature.
- a subject compound, and a subject composition finds use in various applications.
- a subject compound can be used in various diagnostic and detection methods.
- a subject detection method involves contacting subject compounds with a living cell in vitro, e.g., a subject compound is contacted with cells growing in suspension (e.g., as unicellular entities) or as a monolayer in in vitro cell culture; and detecting a signal generated by reactions of the subject compounds.
- the cells can be primary cells, non-transformed cells, cells isolated from an individual, immortalized cell lines, transformed cells, etc.
- Non-limiting examples of cells are cells of multicellular organisms, e.g., cells of invertebrates and vertebrates, such as myoblasts, neutrophils, erythrocytes, osteoblasts, chondrocytes, basophils, eosinophils, adipocytes, invertebrate neurons (e.g., Helix aspera), vertebrate neurons, mammalian neurons, adrenomedullary cells, melanocytes, epithelial cells, and endothelial cells; tumor cells of all types (e.g., melanoma, myeloid leukemia, carcinomas of the lung, breast, ovaries, colon, kidney, prostate, pancreas and testes); cardiomyocytes, endothelial cells, lymphocytes (T-cell and B cell), mast cells, vascular intimal cells, hepatocytes, leukocytes including mononuclear leukocytes; stem cells such as hematopoietic stem
- Suitable mammalian cell lines include human cell lines, non-human primate cell lines, rodent (e.g., mouse, rat) cell lines, and the like.
- Suitable mammalian cell lines include, but are not limited to, HeLa cells (e.g., American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) No. CCL-2), CHO cells (e.g., ATCC Nos. CRL9618, CCL61, CRL9096), 293 cells (e.g., ATCC No. CRL-1573), Vero cells, NIH 3T3 cells (e.g., ATCC No. CRL-1658), Huh-7 cells, BHK cells (e.g., ATCC No. CCL10), PC12 cells (ATCC No.
- HeLa cells e.g., American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) No. CCL-2
- CHO cells e.g., ATCC Nos. CRL9618, CCL61, CRL9096
- 293 cells e.g., ATCC No. CRL
- CRL1721) COS cells
- COS-7 cells ATCC No. CRL1651
- RAT1 cells mouse L cells
- HEK cells ATCC No. CRL1573
- HLHepG2 cells HLHepG2 cells, and the like.
- Suitable methods of detecting a signal generated by reaction of subject compounds in a living cell in vitro include, e.g., microscopy, fluorescence activated cell sorting, spectroscopy (e.g., a multi-well plate reader that detects luminescence), luminometers, photomultiplier tubes, a charged-coupled device (CCD) camera; a cooled CCD camera, and the like.
- spectroscopy e.g., a multi-well plate reader that detects luminescence
- luminometers e.g., a multi-well plate reader that detects luminescence
- photomultiplier tubes e.g., a multi-well plate reader that detects luminescence
- CCD charged-coupled device
- the present disclosure provides a method of detecting certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions in a living cell in vivo, e.g., in a living multicellular organism.
- the method involves administering a compound of the embodiments (or a composition comprising a compound of the embodiments) to a multicellular organism (e.g., an individual such as a mammal); and detecting a signal generated by reaction of the subject compounds in a cell of the multicellular organism (e.g., in a cell of the individual).
- a subject detection method can also be carried out ex vivo, e.g., where a tissue or cells are taken from an individual and imaged.
- the present disclosure also provides a method of detecting certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions in a multicellular organism.
- the method involves administering a compound of the embodiments (or a composition comprising a compound of the embodiments) to a multicellular organism (e.g., an individual such as a mammal); and detecting a signal generated by reaction of the subject compounds in the multicellular organism.
- a multicellular organism e.g., an individual such as a mammal
- the certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions can be present in an extracellular fluid (e.g., cerebrospinal fluid, lymph, plasma, and the like) or other extracellular environment.
- Suitable methods of detecting a signal generated by reaction of subject compounds in a living cell in vitro include, e.g., microscopy, fluorescence activated cell sorting, spectroscopy (e.g., a multi-well plate reader that detects luminescence), luminometers, photomultiplier tubes, and the like.
- Suitable methods of detecting a signal generated by reaction of subject compounds in a living cell in vivo include, e.g., use of a charged-coupled device (CCD) camera; a cooled CCD camera; or any other device capable of bioluminescent imaging. Use of a CCD camera can allow three-dimensional imaging.
- CCD charged-coupled device
- a subject detection method can be used to detect certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions in a cell (e.g., a single cell in vitro; or a cell in a multicellular organism; or in a fluid in a multicellular organism) over time.
- the certain biomolecules or certain biological processes is detected at a first time and at a second time; and the levels of the certain biomolecules or certain biological processes detected at the first and second times are compared.
- the first time is before treatment with an agent (e.g., a therapeutic agent); and the second time is after treatment with an agent.
- the level of the certain biomolecules or certain biological processes can be used to determine the effect of treatment of an individual with the agent.
- the first time is at a first age of a multicellular organism; and the second time is at a second age of the multicellular organism.
- the change in level of the certain biomolecules or certain biological processes with age can be monitored.
- a subject compound can be used to determine the effect that an agent has on the level of the certain biomolecules or certain biological processes in a cell and/or cells (e.g., a single cell in vitro; or a cell in a multicellular organism; or in a fluid in a multicellular organism).
- Agents that can be tested for an effect on the level of the certain biomolecules or certain biological processes in a cell include, but are not limited to, therapeutic agents; growth factors; neurotransmitters; anesthetics; hormones; metal ions; receptor agonists; receptor antagonists; and any other agent that can be administered to cells and/or multi-cellular organisms.
- a subject compound can be administered to an individual via any number of modes and routes of administration.
- a subject compound is administered systemically (e.g., via intravenous injection; via oral administration; via intraperitoneal injection etc.).
- a subject compound is administered locally.
- a subject compound can be administered intravenously, intratumorally, peritumorally, orally, topically, subcutaneously, via intraocular injection, rectally, vaginally, or any other enteral or parenteral route of administration.
- a subject detection method involves contacting a subject compound with a cell-free sample in vitro; and detecting a signal generated by reaction of the subject compounds in the cell-free sample.
- the cell-free sample is a biological sample.
- Standard abbreviations may be used, e.g., bp, base pair(s); kb, kilobase(s); pl, picoliter(s); s or sec, second(s); min, minute(s); h or hr, hour(s); aa, amino acid(s); kb, kilobase(s); bp, base pair(s); nt, nucleotide(s); i.m., intramuscular(ly); i.p., intraperitoneal(ly); s.c., subcutaneous(ly); and the like.
- Compound 11 was synthesized according to previously reported procedures (Akhavan-Tafti H, Eickholt R A, Lauwers K S, Handley R S (2005) Signalling compounds for use in methods of detecting hydrogen peroxide; and U.S. Pat. No. 6,919,463 B2).
- Compound 13 was prepared by the HHMI Mass Spectrometry Laboratory at the University of California, Berkeley. The compound was purified on a silica column (80:20 cyclohexane:EtOAc—100% EtOAc, then 95:5 Acetone:MeOH) to yield 11.9 mg of the pure product.
- Lipopolysaccharide injections can be used in mice to mimic septic shock, which will result in hydrogen peroxide production and an increase in caspase-8 activity.
- the hydrogen peroxide can be detected with a protected cyanobenzothiazole and caspase-8 activity can be detected using a short peptide. If both hydrogen peroxide and caspase-8 are present, signal will be produced via the formation of firefly luciferin.
- Scheme 1 shows the synthesis of peroxy caged luciferein-2 (PCL-2, 4-((2-Cyanobenzo[d]thiazol-6-yloxy)methyl)phenylboronic acid):
- 6-Hydroxy-2-cyanobenzothiazole (3) 150 mg, 0.85 mmol, 1.1 equiv
- 4-(hydroxymethyl)benzeneboronic acid (4) 166 mg, 0.77 mmol, 1.0 equiv
- DMF dry N,N-dimethylformamide
- cesium carbonate 277 mg, 0.85 mmol, 1.0 equiv
- the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 45-50 min before it was allowed to cool to room temperature.
- Ethyl acetate (EtOAc, 100 mL) was added to the reaction, and the organic phase was washed with deionized H 2 O (3 ⁇ 50 mL).
- H 2 O 2 (1, 2.5, or 5 mM) was added to PCL-2 (10 ⁇ M) in Tris buffer (pH 8.5) and absorbance measurements were recorded every 15-30 seconds over 5-20 minutes to determine the second order rate constant for the reaction. Measurements were taken at pH 8.5 to distinguish the HCBT peak, which shifts from 321 nm to 379 nm when it is deprotonated, from the PCL-2 peak (321 nm).
- ATP was purchased from MP Biomedicals (Solon, Ohio) or Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.), and luciferase was purchased from Promega (Madison, Wis.).
- Caspase enzymes were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.), and caspase inhibitors were purchased from MP Biomedicals (Solon, Ohio).
- Luciferin (0.5-10 ⁇ M) was incubated in 100 ⁇ L Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) for 60 min prior to addition of 100 ⁇ L of a Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) containing luciferase (100 ⁇ g/mL), 10 mM MgCl 2 , 0.1 mM ZnCl 2 , and 2 mM ATP. Following addition of the luciferase-containing solution the bioluminescent signal was detected.
- HCBT (2.5-25 ⁇ M) was incubated with D-cysteine (2.5-25 ⁇ M) in 100 ⁇ L Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) for 60 min prior to addition of 100 ⁇ L of a Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) containing luciferase (100 ⁇ g/mL), 10 mM MgCl 2 , 0.1 mM ZnCl 2 , and 2 mM ATP. Following addition of the luciferase-containing solution the bioluminescent signal was detected.
- ROS 100 ⁇ M
- PCL-2 or HCBT 5 ⁇ M
- Tris buffer 50 mM, pH 7.4
- 10 mM MgCl 2 and 0.1 mM ZnCl 2 Hydrogen peroxide (H 2 O 2 ), tert-butyl hydroperoxide (TBHP), and hypochlorite ( ⁇ OCl) were delivered from 10 mM stock solutions prepared using 30%, 70%, and 6.15% aqueous solutions, respectively.
- Hydroxyl radical (OH) and tert-butoxy radical (*OtBu) were generated by reaction of 1 mM FeCl 2 with 100 ⁇ M H 2 O 2 or TBHP, respectively.
- Nitric oxide (NO) was delivered using PROLI NONOate, and superoxide (O 2 ) was delivered from a 10 mM stock solution of KO 2 in DMSO.
- H 2 O 2 and catalase were performed with 100 ⁇ M H 2 O 2 and 0.4 mg/mL catalase. After each ROS was incubated with PCL-2 for 5, 20, 40, or 60 min or HCBT for 60 min, dithiothreitol (1 mM) and D-cysteine (20 ⁇ M) were added.
- EDTA (1 mM) was added prior to D-cysteine to chelate the iron.
- PCL-2 was incubated in Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) with various concentrations of H 2 O 2 for 60 min prior to the addition of catalase (0.4 mg/mL), dithiothreitol (1 mM) and D-cysteine (20 ⁇ M). After an additional 15 min incubation, 100 ⁇ L of a Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) containing luciferase (100 ⁇ g/mL), 10 mM MgCl 2 , 0.1 mM ZnCl 2 , and 2 mM ATP was added to 100 ⁇ L of the PCL-2 solutions and the bioluminescent signal was detected.
- Tris buffer 50 mM, pH 7.4
- luciferase 100 ⁇ g/mL
- 10 mM MgCl 2 0.1 mM ZnCl 2
- 2 mM ATP was added to 100 ⁇ L of the PCL-2 solutions and the bioluminescent signal was detected.
- caspases For determination of caspase selectivity, various caspases (3 and 8:1 unit, 9:0.001 unit) were administered to IETDC or D-cysteine (5 ⁇ M) in Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4).
- a caspase buffer (10% sucrose containing 20 mM Tris-HCl, 150 mM imidazole-HCl, 20 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 500 mM NaCl, 2.5 mM EDTA, and 0.1% CHAPS, pH 8.0) was also added with the caspase enzymes to a total volume (enzyme+buffer) of 5 ⁇ L.
- dithiothreitol (1 mM) and HCBT (5 ⁇ M) were added to each solution for luciferin formation.
- a pan-caspase inhibitor, Q-VD-OPh (10 ⁇ M) was added to the Tris buffer and incubated with caspase 8 for 15 min prior to delivery of IETDC, DTT, and HCBT.
- H 2 O 2 250 ⁇ M was first added to a solution of PCL-2 (10 ⁇ M) or HCBT (5 ⁇ M) in Tris buffer (50 mM). To quench H 2 O 2 immediately, catalase (1 unit) was subsequently added to some of the solutions. After 60 min, catalase (1 unit) was added to all other solutions containing H 2 O 2 to quench any remaining H 2 O 2 . Subsequently, caspase 8 (1 unit) was added to the solutions in the presence or absence of the caspase inhibitor, Q-VD-OPh (10 ⁇ M), 15 min prior to IETDC (10 ⁇ M) or D-cysteine (5 ⁇ M) addition.
- Q-VD-OPh caspase inhibitor
- Xenogen IVIS Spectrum instrument (Caliper Life Sciences, Hopkinton, Mass.) was used for bioluminescent imaging in all cellular experiments.
- PC3M-luc cells (kindly provided by Chris Contag, Stanford University) were cultured in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium (DMEM) containing 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS). Prior to assaying, cells were passed and plated (1.3-1.5 ⁇ 10 4 cells/well) in black 96-well plates with clear bottoms (Becton Dickinson and Company, Franklin Lakes, N.J.). Once the cells were ca. 95% confluent, reagents were added for bioluminescent assays.
- DMEM Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium
- FBS Fetal Bovine Serum
- PC3M-luc cells prepared as described above were washed with HBSS (25 mM glucose) prior to addition of HCBT and D-cysteine (0-500 ⁇ M, 1% DMSO) or luciferin (0-500 ⁇ M, 1% DMSO) in HBSS (25 mM glucose).
- HBSS 25 mM glucose
- luciferin 0.500 ⁇ M, 1% DMSO
- 100 ⁇ L Glo lysis buffer Promega, Madison, Wis.
- the plates were immediately imaged for 2 h to determine the peak bioluminescent signal produced.
- PC3M-luc cells prepared as described above were washed with HBSS (25 mM glucose) prior to addition of HCBT and D-cysteine (0-50 ⁇ M, 1% DMSO) or HCBT alone (0-50 ⁇ M, 1% DMSO) in HBSS (25 mM glucose). The plate was immediately imaged for 2 h to determine the peak bioluminescent signal produced.
- the medium was removed from PC3M-luc cells prepared as described above, and HCBT (100 ⁇ M, 1% DMSO) or D-cysteine (100 ⁇ M, 1% PBS) in DMEM (—FBS) was added. After a 30 min incubation, the HCBT or D-cysteine was removed, the cells were washed with DMEM (—FBS), and fresh DMEM was added.
- the second component of luciferin, D-cysteine (100 ⁇ M final concentration, 1% PBS) or HCBT (100 ⁇ M final concentration, 1% DMSO) in HBSS (25 mM glucose) was added, and the plate was immediately imaged for 2 h to determine the peak bioluminescent signal produced.
- the medium was removed from PC3M-luc cells prepared as described above, and PCL-2 (25 ⁇ M, 2.5% final DMSO concentration), D-cysteine (25 ⁇ M), and H 2 O 2 (0-100 ⁇ M final concentrations) in DMEM (—FBS) were added.
- PCL-2 25 ⁇ M, 2.5% final DMSO concentration
- D-cysteine 25 ⁇ M
- H 2 O 2 0.100 ⁇ M final concentrations
- a Xenogen IVIS Spectrum instrument (Caliper Life Sciences, Hopkinton, Mass.) was used for bioluminescent imaging in all animal experiments. Mice were anesthetized prior to injection and during imaging via inhalation of isoflurane. Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) was purchased from Thermo Fisher Scientific (Waltham, Mass.), and saline (0.9%) was made from sodium chloride and Millipore water. Isoflurane was purchased from Phoenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (St. Joseph, Mo.), and pharmaceutical grade DMSO was purchased from Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.). Medical grade oxygen was purchased from Praxair (Danbury, Conn.).
- FVB-luc + mice were bred at UC Berkeley, and were single or group-housed on a 12:12 light-dark cycle at 22° C. with free access to food and water. All studies were approved and performed according to the guidelines of the Animal Care and Use Committee of the University of California, Berkeley.
- mice Male FVB-luc + mice were anesthetized with isoflurane and injected IP with D-cysteine (0.05 or 0.5 ⁇ mol, in 20 ⁇ L of PBS) or vehicle (20 ⁇ L PBS). After 2 min, mice were injected IP with HCBT (0.05 or 0.5 ⁇ mol in 50 ⁇ L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) or luciferin (0.05 ⁇ mol in 50 ⁇ L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS). Following injections, mice were imaged with an IVIS Spectrum.
- D-cysteine 0.05 or 0.5 ⁇ mol, in 20 ⁇ L of PBS
- vehicle 20 ⁇ L PBS
- mice mice were injected IP with HCBT (0.05 or 0.5 ⁇ mol in 50 ⁇ L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) or luciferin (0.05 ⁇ mol in 50 ⁇ L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS). Following injections, mice were imaged with an IVIS Spectrum.
- mice Unshaven, male FVB-luc+ mice were anesthetized with isoflurane and injected IP with D-cysteine (0.05 ⁇ mol, in 20 ⁇ L of PBS) or vehicle (20 ⁇ L PBS). After 2 min, mice were injected IP with HCBT (0.05 ⁇ mol in 50 ⁇ L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS). Following injections, mice were imaged with an IVIS Spectrum.
- mice Unshaven, male FVB-luc + mice were anesthetized with isoflurane and injected IP with a mixture of PCL-2 and D-cysteine (0.05 ⁇ mol each, in 50 ⁇ L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS), followed immediately by an IP injection of H 2 O 2 (0-4.5 ⁇ mol in 100 ⁇ L of PBS).
- Control mice were injected IP with a mixture of HCBT and D-cysteine (0.01 ⁇ mol each, in 50 ⁇ L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) immediately prior to H 2 O 2 (4.5 ⁇ mol in 100 ⁇ L of PBS). Following injections, mice were imaged with an IVIS Spectrum.
- mice Unshaven, male FVB-luc + mice, were anesthetized with isoflurane and injected IP with NAC (10 mg/kg in 25 ⁇ L of PBS, pH 7-8) or PBS (25 ⁇ L). After 2 min, the mice were injected IP with a mixture of PCL-2 and D-cysteine (0.05 ⁇ mol each, in 50 ⁇ L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) immediately prior to IP injection of H 2 O 2 (1.5 ⁇ mol in 75 ⁇ L of PBS).
- Firefly luciferin control mice were injected IP with NAC (10 mg/kg in 100 ⁇ L of PBS, pH 7-8) or PBS (100 ⁇ L) immediately following IP injection of a mixture of HCBT and D-cysteine (0.01 ⁇ mol each, in 50 ⁇ L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS). Following injections, mice were imaged with an IVIS Spectrum.
- mice Unshaven, female FVB-luc + mice, aged 2-5 months, were anesthetized with isoflurane and injected IP with lipopolysaccharides (LPS, 3 mg/kg in 50 ⁇ L of saline) or saline (50 ⁇ L).
- lipopolysaccharides LPS, 3 mg/kg in 50 ⁇ L of saline
- saline 50 ⁇ L
- mice were injected IP with either apocynin (10 mg/kg in 20 ⁇ L of DMSO) or DMSO (20 ⁇ L) 6 h after LPS injection. Two minutes after this injection, mice were injected IP with a mixture of PCL-2 and D-cysteine (0.05 ⁇ mol each, in 50 ⁇ L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) and imaged.
- mice were injected IP with either z-VD(OMe)-OPh (1 ⁇ mol in 20 ⁇ L of DMSO) or DMSO (20 ⁇ L) 5.5 h after LPS injection. Thirty minutes after z-VD(OMe)-OPh or vehicle injection, mice were injected IP with a mixture of IETDC and HCBT (0.05 ⁇ mol each, in 50 ⁇ L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) and imaged.
- mice were injected IP with ascorbic acid (200 mg/kg in 30 ⁇ L of saline) or the saline vehicle (30 ⁇ L) 30 min prior to IP injection of LPS (3 mg/kg in 50 ⁇ L of saline) or saline (50 ⁇ L).
- LPS 3 mg/kg in 50 ⁇ L of saline
- saline 50 ⁇ L
- z-VD(OMe)-OPh (1 ⁇ mol in 20 ⁇ L of DMSO) or the vehicle, DMSO (20 ⁇ L)
- mice were injected IP with a mixture of PCL-2 and IETDC (0.05 ⁇ mol each, in 50 ⁇ L of 7:3 DMSO:PBS) and imaged.
- HCBT/D-cysteine produced a greater signal than luciferin.
- HCBT and D-cysteine were not able to produce more luciferin, and thus bioluminescent signal, than equivalent concentrations of luciferin, a determination was made as to whether the greater HCBT/D-cysteine signal was due to differences in cell-membrane permeability. Indeed, when the same comparison of HCBT/D-cysteine and luciferin was completed following cell lysis ( FIG.
- PCL-2 possesses the requisite features for useful in vivo detection of alterations in H 2 O 2 levels in living organisms.
- Caspase 8 is important in its own right as one of the key initiators of the apoptotic cell-death pathway that is often initiated during inflammation. See, e.g., Hotchkiss et al., Nat. Rev. Immunol .
- LPS lipopolysaccharides
- mice were treated with LPS or vehicle 6 h prior to injection of PCL-2 and D-cysteine. These studies indicated a ca. 3.7-fold turn-on in response to LPS stimulation, with a 55% reduction in signal upon treatment with apocynin ( FIG. 15 a,b , see, e.g., Wang et al., Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med . (1994) 150, 1449-1452; Zhang et al., J. Hypertens . (2010) 28, 806-816; and Choi et al., J. Neurochem .
- caspase 8 activity upon LPS stimulation is supported by ex vivo tissue studies that indicate increased caspase 8 expression and cleavage of procaspase 8 to form active caspase 8 following treatment with LPS. See, e.g., Alikhani et al., J. Dent. Res . (2004) 83, 671-676; and Supinski et al., Am. J. Physiol. Regul. Integr. Comp. Physiol . (2009) 297, R825-R834.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Enzymes And Modification Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
The present disclosure features a condensation reaction and a luciferin-unmasking reaction that can be carried out under physiological conditions. In general, the condensation reaction involves reacting a bicyclic reactant with an aminothiol derivative, generating a luciferin or luciferin derivative. A luciferin can provide detectable luminescence. A luciferin derivative can be unmasked to provide detectable luminescence in a luciferin-unmasking reaction. The present disclosure provides bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives suitable for use in the condensation reaction. The condensation and luciferin-unmasking reactions find use in a variety of applications, which are also provided.
Description
- This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/587,490, filed Jan. 17, 2012, which application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- This invention was made with government support under Grant No. GM79465 awarded by the National Institutes of Health and HHMI. The government has certain rights in the invention.
- Luminescence is produced in certain organisms as a result of a luciferase-mediated oxidation reaction. Luminescence is produced by firefly luciferase and other enzymes when those enzymes are mixed with certain synthetic substrates.
- Luciferases can also generate light via the oxidation of enzyme-specific substrates, e.g., luciferins. For firefly luciferase and all other beetle luciferases, light generation occurs in the presence of luciferin, magnesium ions, oxygen, and ATP. Luminescence, if any, can be measured using a luminometer or any suitable radiant energy-measuring device. A luminescence assay can be very rapid and sensitive.
- The present disclosure features a condensation reaction and a luciferin-unmasking reaction that can be carried out under physiological conditions or ex vivo prior to addition to cells or animals. In general, the condensation reaction involves reacting a bicyclic reactant with an aminothiol derivative, generating a luciferin or luciferin derivative. A luciferin can provide detectable luminescence. A luciferin derivative can be unmasked to provide detectable luminescence in a luciferin-unmasking reaction. The present disclosure provides bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives suitable for use in the condensation reaction. The condensation and luciferin-unmasking reactions find use in a variety of applications, which are also provided.
-
FIG. 1 depicts a design strategy for simultaneous detection of H2O2 andcaspase 8 activity through release of HCBT and D-cysteine and in situ formation of firefly luciferin. -
FIG. 2 depicts a comparison of HCBT/D-cysteine and luciferin. (a) Total bioluminescent signal, integrated over 45 min, from luciferin (0.5-10 μM). (b) Total bioluminescent signal, integrated over 45 min, from HCBT and D-cysteine (5-25 μM, each) following incubation for 1 h in Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4). To measure luciferin formation in a and b, 100 μg/mL luciferase in 50 mM Tris buffer with 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM ZnCl2, and 2 mM ATP (pH 7.4) was added to the luciferin and HCBT/D-cysteine solutions. (c) Line graph representation of a, which indicates a linear increase (R2=0.9864) in bioluminescent signal from luciferin (0.5-10 μM). (d) Line graph representation of b, which indicates an exponential increase (R2=0.9889) in bioluminescent signal from HCBT and D-cysteine (2.5-25 μM, each). (e) Total photon flux, integrated over 2 h, from PC3M-luc cells with HCBT and D-cysteine (0-500 μM, dark grey bars) or luciferin (0-500 μM, light grey bars) in HBSS (25 mM glucose). (f) Representative image of PC3M-luc cells with HCBT and D-cysteine or luciferin, log scale. (g) Total photon flux, 0-60 min post-injection, for mice injected with HCBT and D-cysteine (0.05 or 0.5 μM, each) or luciferin (0.05 μM). (h) Representative image (30 min post-injection) of mice injected with HCBT and D-cysteine or luciferin, log scale. Error bars are ±SEM; E: n=3, G: n=3-4. -
FIG. 3 shows a comparison of HCBT/D-cysteine and luciferin in lysed PC3M-luc cells. (a) Total photon flux, integrated over 2 h, from lysed PC3M-luc cells with HCBT and D-cysteine (0-500 μM, dark grey bars) or luciferin (0-500 μM, light grey bars) in HBSS (25 mM glucose). (b) Representative image of lysed PC3M-luc cells with HCBT and D-cysteine or luciferin. Error bars are ±SEM. -
FIG. 4 depicts a determination of bioluminescent signal from endogenous L-cysteine. (a) Total photon flux, integrated over 2 h, from PC3M-luc cells with HCBT (0-50 μM) in the presence (solid line, y1 axis) or absence (dashed line, y2 axis) of D-cysteine (0-50 μM) in HBSS (25 mM glucose). (b) Representative image of PC3M-luc cells with HCBT±D-cysteine, log scale. (c) Total photon flux, 0-60 min post-injection, for mice injected with D-cysteine (0.05 μmol in 20 μL PBS) or vehicle (20 μL PBS) and HCBT (0.05 μM in 50 μL 1:1 DMSO:PBS). (d) Representative image (30 min post-injection) of mice injected with HCBT±D-cysteine. Error bars are ±SEM; A: n=3, C: n=3-4. -
FIG. 5 depicts a determination of the lifetime of HCBT and D-cysteine in PC3M-luc cells. (a) Total photon flux, integrated over 2 h, from PC3M-luc cells with D-cysteine (100 μM) added 0, 15, 30, 45, or 60 min after incubation with HCBT (100 μM). (b) Representative image of PC3M-luc cells with D-cysteine added 0, 15, 30, 45, or 60 min following removal of HCBT. (c) Total photon flux, integrated over 2 h, from PC3M-luc cells with HCBT (100 μM) added 0, 15, 30, 45, or 60 min after incubation with D-cysteine (100 μM). (d) Representative image of PC3M-luc cells with HCBT added 0, 15, 30, 45, or 60 min following removal of D-cysteine. Error bars are ±SEM; A and C: n=3. -
FIG. 6 shows the selective and concentration-dependent bioluminescent detection of H2O2 by PCL-2. (a) Total bioluminescent signal, integrated over 10 min, from PCL-2 (5 μM) alone (light grey bars) or incubated with various ROS (100 μM) or H2O2 (100 μM) and catalase (0.4 mg/mL) for 5, 20, 40, or 60 min. Signals normalized to signal from PCL-2 in the absence of any ROS. (b) Total bioluminescent signal, integrated over 15 min, from 5 μM PCL-2 incubated for 1 h with increasing concentrations of H2O2 (0-100 μM). To measure HCBT release in a and b, PCL-2/ROS solutions were incubated with D-cysteine (20 μM) for 15 min, prior to addition of 100 μg/mL luciferase in 50 mM Tris buffer with 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM ZnCl2, and 2 mM ATP (pH 7.4). (c) Line graph representation of b, which indicates a linear increase (R2=0.9957) in bioluminescent signal from PCL-2 in the presence of H2O2 in aqueous solution. (d) Total photon flux, integrated over 2 h, from PC3M-luc cells with PCL-2 (25 μM), D-cysteine (25 μM), and H2O2 (0-100 μM) in DMEM. (e) Line graph representation of d, which indicates a linear increase (R2=0.9993) in bioluminescent signal from PCL-2 in the presence of H2O2 in PC3M-luc cells. (f) Representative image of PC3M-luc cells with PCL-2, D-cysteine, and H2O2 in DMEM, log scale. Statistical analyses were performed with a two-tailed Student's t-test. *P<0.01 (D and E: n=6) and error bars are ±SEM. -
FIG. 7 shows a comparison of bioluminescent signal from PCL-2 and HCBT incubated with various ROS. Relative total bioluminescent signal, integrated over 10 or 45 min, from PCL-2 and HCBT (5 μM) incubated with 100 μM of various ROS (1: H2O2, 2; TBHP, 3: HOCl−, 4: NO, 5: OH, 6: OtBu, or 7: O2 −) for 60 min. Signals normalized to signal from PCL-2 or HCBT in the absence of any ROS. For luciferin detection, PCL-2/HCBT solutions were incubated with D-cysteine (5 μM) for 15 min, prior to addition of 100 μg/mL luciferase in 50 mM Tris buffer with 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM ZnCl2, and 2 mM ATP (pH 7.4). -
FIG. 8 depicts a kinetic studies for determination of the second-order rate constant for the reaction between PCL-2 and H2O2. (a) Representative plot of ln[PCL-2] versus time for the pseudo-first-order reaction between PCL-2 and H2O2 for determination of kobs. (b) Plot of kobs versus [H2O2] for determination of the second-order rate constant. -
FIG. 9 shows the selective and sensitive bioluminescent detection ofCaspase 8 activity by IETDC. Total bioluminescent signal, integrated over 10 min, from IETDC (5 μM) and HCBT (5 μM) alone or incubated with various caspase enzymes (3 and 8:1 unit; 9:0.001 unit) orcaspase 8 and Q-VD-OPh (10 μM) for 60 min. From left to right, 1: IETDC and HCBT; 2: IETDC, HCBT, andcaspase 8; 3: IETDC, HCBT,caspase 8, and Q-VD-OPh; 4: IETDC, HCBT, andcaspase 3; 5: IETDC, HCBT, and caspase 9. Signals normalized to signal from IETDC and HCBT in the absence of the caspase enzymes. To quantify luciferin formation, 100 μg/mL luciferase in 50 mM Tris buffer with 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM ZnCl2, and 2 mM ATP (pH 7.4) was added to 100 μL of each IETDC/HCBT solution. -
FIG. 10 depicts a comparison of bioluminescent signal from IETDC and D-cysteine incubated with various caspase enzymes. Relative total bioluminescent signal, integrated over 10 min, from IETDC and D-cysteine (5 μM) incubated with various caspase enzymes andcaspase 8 plus Q-VD-OPh for 60 min (1:caspase 8, 2: caspase 8+inhibitor, 3:caspase 3, 4: caspase 9). Signals normalized to signal from IETDC or D-cysteine in the absence of any caspase enzymes and Q-VD-OPh. For luciferin detection, 100 μg/mL luciferase in 50 mM Tris buffer with 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM ZnCl2, and 2 mM ATP (pH 7.4) was added to the IETDC and D-cysteine solutions, which also contained HCBT (5 μM). -
FIG. 11 depicts the dual detection of H2O2 andCaspase 8 via in situ luciferin formation. Total bioluminescent signal, integrated over 10 min, from PCL-2 (10 μM) and IETDC (10 μM) alone or incubated with H2O2 (250 μM) and caspase 8 (1 unit) in the presence or absence of catalase (1 unit) and/or Q-VD-OPh (10 μM). From left to right, 1: PCL-2 and IETDC; 2: PCL-2, IETDC, and H2O2; 3: PCL-2, IETDC, andcaspase 8; 4: PCL-2, IETDC, H2O2, andcaspase 8; 5: PCL-2, IETDC, H2O2,caspase 8, and catalase; 6: PCL-2, IETDC, H2O2,caspase 8, and Q-VD-OPh; 7: PCL-2, IETDC, H2O2,caspase 8, catalase, and Q-VD-OPh. Signals normalized to signal from PCL-2 and IETDC in the absence of H2O2 andcaspase 8. To quantify luciferin formation, 100 μg/mL luciferase in 50 mM Tris buffer with 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM ZnCl2, and 2 mM ATP (pH 7.4) was added to the PCL-2/IETDC solutions. -
FIG. 12 depicts a comparison of bioluminescent signal from PCL-2/IETDC and HCBT/D-cysteine for in vitro dual-analyte detection. On left, total bioluminescent signal, integrated over 10 min, from PCL-2 (10 μM) and IETDC (10 μM) alone or incubated with H2O2 (250 μM) and caspase 8 (1 unit) in the presence or absence of catalase (1 unit) and/or Q-VD-OPh (10 μM). From left to right, 1: PCL-2, IETDC, H2O2, andcaspase 8; 2: PCL-2, IETDC, and H2O2; 3: PCL-2, IETDC, andcaspase 8; 4: PCL-2, IETDC, H2O2,caspase 8, and catalase; 5: PCL-2, IETDC, H2O2,caspase 8, and Q-VD-OPh; 6: PCL-2, IETDC, H2O2,caspase 8, catalase, and Q-VD-OPh. On right, total bioluminescent signal, integrated over 45 min, from HCBT (5 μM) and D-cysteine (5 μM) alone or incubated with H2O2 (250 μM) and/or caspase 8 (1 unit) in the presence or absence of catalase (1 unit) and/or Q-VD-OPh (10 μM). From left to right, 1: HCBT, D-cysteine, H2O2, andcaspase 8; 2: HCBT, D-cysteine, and H2O2; 3: HCBT, D-cysteine, andcaspase 8; 4: HCBT, D-cysteine, H2O2,caspase 8, and catalase; 5: HCBT, D-cysteine, H2O2,caspase 8, and Q-VD-OPh; 6: HCBT, D-cysteine, H2O2,caspase 8, catalase, and Q-VD-OPh. Signals normalized to signal from PCL-2/IETDC or HCBT/D-cysteine alone. To quantify luciferin formation, 100 μg/mL luciferase in 50 mM Tris buffer with 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM ZnCl2, and 2 mM ATP (pH 7.4) was added to the PCL-2/IETDC or HCBT/D-cysteine solutions. -
FIG. 13 depicts the Bioluminescent response of PCL-2 to H2O2 in FVB-luc+ mice. (a) Representative image (10 min post-injection) for mice injected with a mixture of PCL-2 and D-cysteine (IP, 0.05 μmol each, in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) immediately prior to injection of H2O2(IP, 0, 0.5, 1.5, or 4.5 μmol, left to right, in 100 μL of PBS). (b) Total photon flux, 0-15 min post-injection, for mice injected with PCL-2 and D-cysteine±H2O2. (c) Representative image (10 min post-injection) for mice injected with NAC (IP, 10 mg/kg in 25 μL of PBS, pH 7-8) or PBS (IP, 25 μL) two min prior to injection of a mixture of PCL-2 and D-cysteine (IP, 0.05 μmol each, in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) and a solution of H2O2(IP, 1.5 μmol in 75 μL of PBS). (d) Total photon flux, 0-15 min post-injection, for mice injected with PCL-2 and H2O2 in the presence or absence of NAC. Statistical analyses were performed with a two-tailed Student's t-test. *P<0.05, **P<0.01 (B: n=4, D: n=3) and error bars are ±SEM. -
FIG. 14 depicts bioluminescent signals from HCBT and D-cysteine with H2O2 and NAC in FVB-luc+ mice. (a) Total photon fluxes, 0-15 min post-injection, for mice (n=4-5) injected with a mixture of HCBT and D-cysteine (IP, 0.01 μmol each, in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) immediately prior to injection of H2O2(IP, 4.5 μmol in 100 μL PBS) or vehicle (IP, 100 μL PBS). (b) Total photon fluxes, 0-15 min post-injection, for mice (n=3) injected with a mixture of HCBT and D-cysteine (IP, 0.01 μmol each, in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) immediately prior to injection of NAC (IP, 10 mg/kg in 100 μL PBS) or vehicle (IP, 100 μL PBS). Error bars are ±SEM. -
FIG. 15 depicts the bioluminescent signal from PCL-2 and IETDC following lipopolysaccharide challenge. (a) Representative image (10 min post-injection) of mice 6 h after injection of LPS (IP, 3 mg/kg in 50 μL of saline) or saline vehicle (IP, 50 μL). Two minutes prior to imaging, mice were treated with apocynin (IP, 10 mg/kg in 20 μL of DMSO) or vehicle (IP, 20 μL DMSO). Imaging was started following injection of a mixture of PCL-2 and D-cysteine (IP, 0.05 μmol each, in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS). (b) Total photon flux, 0-15 min post-injection, for mice injected with PCL-2 and D-cysteine, ±LPS, and ±apocynin. (c) Representative image (30 min post-injection) of mice 6 h after injection of LPS (IP, 3 mg/kg in 50 μL of saline) or vehicle (IP, 50 μL saline). Thirty minutes prior to imaging, mice were treated with z-VD(OMe)-OPh (IP, 1 μmol in 20 μL of DMSO) or vehicle (IP, 20 μL DMSO). Imaging was started following injection of a mixture of IETDC and HCBT (IP, 0.05 μmol each, in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS). (d) Total photon flux, 15-45 min post-injection, for mice injected with IETDC and HCBT, ±LPS, and ±z-VD(OMe)-OPh. Statistical analyses were performed with a two-tailed Student's t-test. *P<0.05 (B and D: n=3-4) and error bars are ±SEM. -
FIG. 16 shows bioluminescent signals from HCBT and D-cysteine with apocynin and z-VD(OMe)-OPh in FVB-luc+ mice. (a) Total photon fluxes, 0-15 min post-injection, for mice (n=3) injected with apocynin (IP, 10 mg/kg in 20 μL DMSO) or vehicle (IP, 20 μL DMSO) two min prior to injections of a mixture of HCBT and D-cysteine (IP, 0.01 μmol each, in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS). (b) Total photon fluxes, 15-45 min post-injection, for mice (n=3) injected with z-VD(OMe)-OPh (IP, 1 μmol in 20 μL DMSO) or vehicle (IP, 20 μL DMSO) 30 min prior to injections of a mixture of HCBT and D-cysteine (IP, 0.01 μmol each, in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS). Error bars are ±SEM. -
FIG. 17 shows dual imaging of H2O2 andCaspase 8 following lipopolysaccharide challenge. (a) Representative image (45 min post-injection) of mice following injection of ascorbic acid (IP, 200 mg/kg in 30 μL of saline), LPS (IP, 3 mg/kg in 50 μL of saline), z-VD(OMe)-OPh (IP, 1 μmol in 20 μL of DMSO), and/or their respective vehicles (IP, 30 or 50 μL saline or 20 μL DMSO). Mice were treated with ascorbic acid or vehicle 4.5 h prior to imaging, LPS or vehicle 4 h prior to imaging, and z-VD(OMe)-OPh or vehicle 2 h prior to imaging. Imaging was started following injection of a mixture of PCL-2 and IETDC (IP, 0.05 μmol each, in 50 μL of 7:3 DMSO:PBS). (b) Total photon flux, 30-60 min post-injection, for mice injected with PCL-2 and IETDC, ±LPS, ±z-VD(OMe)-OPh, and ±ascorbic acid. Statistical analyses were performed with a two-tailed Student's t-test. *P<0.05 (B and D: n=3-4) and error bars are ±SEM. -
FIG. 18 depicts bioluminescent signals from HCBT and D-cysteine with ascorbic acid in FVB-luc+ mice. Total photon fluxes, 30-60 min post-injection, for mice (n=3-4) injected with ascorbic acid (IP, 200 mg/kg in 30 μL saline) or vehicle (IP, 30 μL saline) 4.5 h prior to injections of a mixture of HCBT and D-cysteine (IP, 0.01 μmol each, in 50 L of 1:1 DMSO:PBS). Error bars are ±SEM. - The following terms have the following meanings unless otherwise indicated. Any undefined terms have their art recognized meanings.
- The term “cell” in the context of in vivo and ex vivo applications is meant to encompass eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells of any genus or species. e.g., eukaryotic cells including mammalian cells. “Cell” is also meant to encompass both normal cells and diseased cells, e.g., cancerous cells. In many embodiments, the cells are living cells. In many embodiments, the cells are nucleated cells.
- The term “isolated” is meant to describe a compound of interest that is in an environment different from that in which the compound naturally occurs. “Isolated” is meant to include compounds that are within samples that are substantially enriched for the compound of interest and/or in which the compound of interest is partially or substantially purified.
- The term “luciferase” refers to an enzyme that oxidizes a corresponding luciferin, thereby causing bioluminescence. Luciferase enzymes can be found in bacteria, fireflies, fish, squid, dinoflagellates, and other organisms capable of bioluminescence.
- The term “physiological conditions” is meant to encompass those conditions compatible with living cells, e.g., predominantly aqueous conditions of a temperature, pH, salinity, etc. that are compatible with living cells.
- The term “reaction partner” is meant describe a molecule or molecular moiety that specifically reacts with another reaction partner. Exemplary reaction partners are those of a subject reaction, i.e., a bicyclic reactant and an aminothiol derivative.
- The term “substantially purified” refers to a compound that is removed from its natural environment or its synthetic environment and is at least 60% free, at least 75% free, at least 90% free, at least 95% free, at least 98% free, or at least 99% free from other components with which it is naturally associated, or is at least 60% free, at least 75% free, at least 90% free, at least 95% free, at least 98% free, or at least 99% free from contaminants associated with synthesis of the compound.
- The term “derivative” refers, for example, to compounds that are derived from another compound and maintain the same general structure as the compound from which they are derived.
- “Alkyl” refers to monovalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbyl groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, e.g., from 1 to 6 carbon atoms. This term includes, by way of example, linear and branched hydrocarbyl groups such as methyl (CH3—), ethyl (CH3CH2—), n-propyl (CH3CH2CH2—), isopropyl ((CH3)2CH—), n-butyl (CH3CH2CH2CH2—), isobutyl ((CH3)2CHCH2—), sec-butyl ((CH3)(CH3CH2)CH—), t-butyl ((CH3)3C—), n-pentyl (CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2—), and neopentyl ((CH3)3CCH2—).
- “Substituted alkyl” refers to an alkyl group as defined herein wherein one or more carbon atoms in the alkyl chain have been optionally replaced with a heteroatom such as —O—, —N—, —S—, —S(O)n— (where n is 0 to 2), —NR— (where R is hydrogen or alkyl) and having from 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, —SO-alkyl, —SO-aryl, —SO-heteroaryl, —SO2-alkyl, —SO2-aryl, —SO2— heteroaryl, and —NRaRb, wherein R and R may be the same or different and are chosen from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic.
- “Alkylene” refers to divalent aliphatic hydrocarbyl groups, e.g., having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (e.g., from 1 to 3 carbon atoms) that are either straight-chained or branched, and which are optionally interrupted with one or more groups selected from —O—, —NR10—, —NR10C(O)—, —C(O)NR10— and the like. This term includes, by way of example, methylene (—CH2—), ethylene (—CH2CH2—), n-propylene (—CH2CH2CH2—), iso-propylene (—CH2CH(CH3)—), (—C(CH3)2CH2CH2—), (—C(CH3)2CH2C(O)—), (—C(CH3)2CH2C(O)NH—), (—CH(CH3)CH2—), and the like.
- “Substituted alkylene” refers to an alkylene group having from 1 to 3 hydrogens replaced with substituents as described for carbons in the definition of “substituted” below.
- “Alkane” refers to alkyl group and alkylene group, as defined herein.
- “Alkylaminoalkyl”, “alkylaminoalkenyl” and “alkylaminoalkynyl” refers to the groups R′NHR″—where R is alkyl group as defined herein and R is alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene group as defined herein.
- “Alkaryl” or “aralkyl” refers to the groups -alkylene-aryl and -substituted alkylene-aryl where alkylene, substituted alkylene and aryl are defined herein.
- “Alkoxy” refers to the group —O-alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined herein. Alkoxy includes, by way of example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, t-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, and the like. The term “alkoxy” also refers to the groups alkenyl-O—, cycloalkyl-O—, cycloalkenyl-O—, and alkynyl-O—, where alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and alkynyl are as defined herein.
- “Substituted alkoxy” refers to the groups substituted alkyl-O—, substituted alkenyl-O—, substituted cycloalkyl-O—, substituted cycloalkenyl-O—, and substituted alkynyl-O— where substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl and substituted alkynyl are as defined herein.
- “Alkoxyamino” refers to the group —NH-alkoxy, wherein alkoxy is defined herein.
- “Haloalkoxy” refers to the groups alkyl-O— wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl group have been substituted with a halo group and include, by way of examples, groups such as trifluoromethoxy, and the like.
- “Haloalkyl” refers to a substituted alkyl group as described above, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl group have been substituted with a halo group. Examples of such groups include, without limitation, fluoroalkyl groups, such as trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoroethyl and the like.
- “Alkylalkoxy” refers to the groups -alkylene-O-alkyl, alkylene-O-substituted alkyl, substituted alkylene-O-alkyl, and substituted alkylene-O-substituted alkyl wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylene and substituted alkylene are as defined herein.
- “Alkylthioalkoxy” refers to the group -alkylene-S-alkyl, alkylene-S-substituted alkyl, substituted alkylene-S-alkyl and substituted alkylene-S-substituted alkyl wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylene and substituted alkylene are as defined herein.
- “Alkenyl” refers to straight chain or branched hydrocarbyl groups having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, e.g., from 2 to 4 carbon atoms; and having at least 1, e.g., from 1 to 2, sites of double bond unsaturation. This term includes, by way of example, bi-vinyl, allyl, and but-3-en-1-yl. Included within this term are the cis and trans isomers or mixtures of these isomers.
- “Substituted alkenyl” refers to an alkenyl group as defined herein having from 1 to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, —SO-alkyl, —SO-substituted alkyl, —SO-aryl, —SO-heteroaryl, —SO2— alkyl, —SO2-substituted alkyl, —SO2-aryl and —SO2-heteroaryl.
- “Alkynyl” refers to straight or branched monovalent hydrocarbyl groups having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, e.g., 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and having at least 1 (e.g., from 1 to 2) sites of triple bond unsaturation. Examples of such alkynyl groups include acetylenyl (—C≡CH), and propargyl (—CH2C≡CH).
- “Substituted alkynyl” refers to an alkynyl group as defined herein having from 1 to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, —SO-alkyl, —SO-substituted alkyl, —SO-aryl, —SO-heteroaryl, —SO2— alkyl, —SO2-substituted alkyl, —SO2-aryl, and —SO2-heteroaryl.
- “Alkynyloxy” refers to the group —O-alkynyl, wherein alkynyl is as defined herein. Alkynyloxy includes, by way of example, ethynyloxy, propynyloxy, and the like.
- “Acyl” refers to the groups H—C(O)—, alkyl-C(O)—, substituted alkyl-C(O)—, alkenyl-C(O)—, substituted alkenyl-C(O)—, alkynyl-C(O)—, substituted alkynyl-C(O)—, cycloalkyl-C(O)—, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)—, cycloalkenyl-C(O)—, substituted cycloalkenyl-C(O)—, aryl-C(O)—, substituted aryl-C(O)—, heteroaryl-C(O)—, substituted heteroaryl-C(O)—, heterocyclyl-C(O)—, and substituted heterocyclyl-C(O)—, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. For example, acyl includes the “acetyl” group CH3C(O)—
- “Acylamino” refers to the groups —NR20C(O)alkyl, —NR20C(O)substituted alkyl, N R20C(O)cycloalkyl, —NR20C(O)substituted cycloalkyl, —NR20C(O)cycloalkenyl, —NR20C(O)substituted cycloalkenyl, —NR20C(O)alkenyl, —NR20C(O)substituted alkenyl, —NR20C(O)alkynyl, —NR20C(O)substituted alkynyl, —NR20C(O)aryl, —NR20C(O)substituted aryl, —NR20C(O)heteroaryl, —NR20C(O)substituted heteroaryl, —NR20C(O)heterocyclic, and —NR20C(O)substituted heterocyclic, wherein R20 is hydrogen or alkyl and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
- “Aminocarbonyl” or the term “aminoacyl” refers to the group —C(O)NR21R22, wherein R21 and R22 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R21 and R22 are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
- “Aminocarbonylamino” refers to the group —NR21C(O)NR22R23 where R21, R22, and R23 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or cycloalkyl, or where two R groups are joined to form a heterocyclyl group.
- “Alkoxycarbonylamino” refers to the group —NRC(O)OR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are as defined herein.
- “Aminocarbonylalkoxy” refers to the group —O—C(O)NRR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are as defined herein.
- “Acyloxy” refers to the groups alkyl-C(O)O—, substituted alkyl-C(O)O—, cycloalkyl-C(O)O—, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)O—, aryl-C(O)O—, heteroaryl-C(O)O—, and heterocyclyl-C(O)O— wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are as defined herein.
- “Aminosulfonyl” refers to the group —SO2NR21R22, wherein R21 and R22 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic and where R21 and R22 are optionally joined together with the nitrogen bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group and alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
- “Sulfonylamino” refers to the group —NR21SO2R22, wherein R21 and R22 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic and where R21 and R22 are optionally joined together with the atoms bound thereto to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic group, and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
- “Aryl” or “Ar” refers to a monovalent aromatic carbocyclic group of from 6 to 18 carbon atoms having a single ring (such as is present in a phenyl group) or a ring system having multiple condensed rings (examples of such aromatic ring systems include naphthyl, anthryl and indanyl) which condensed rings may or may not be aromatic, provided that the point of attachment is through an atom of an aromatic ring. This term includes, by way of example, phenyl and naphthyl. Unless otherwise constrained by the definition for the aryl substituent, such aryl groups can optionally be substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halogen, nitro, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, —SO-alkyl, —SO-substituted alkyl, —SO-aryl, —SO-heteroaryl, —SO2-alkyl, —SO2-substituted alkyl, —SO2-aryl, —SO2-heteroaryl and trihalomethyl.
- “Aryloxy” refers to the group —O-aryl, wherein aryl is as defined herein, including, by way of example, phenoxy, naphthoxy, and the like, including optionally substituted aryl groups as also defined herein.
- “Amino” refers to the group —NH2.
- “Substituted amino” refers to the group —NRR where each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl provided that at least one R is not hydrogen.
- “Azido” refers to the group —N3.
- “Carboxyl,” “carboxy” or “carboxylate” refers to —CO2H or salts thereof.
- “Carboxyl ester” or “carboxy ester” or the terms “carboxyalkyl” or “carboxylalkyl” refers to the groups —C(O)O-alkyl, —C(O)O-substituted alkyl, —C(O)O-alkenyl, —C(O)O-substituted alkenyl, —C(O)O-alkynyl, —C(O)O-substituted alkynyl, —C(O)O-aryl, —C(O)O-substituted aryl, —C(O)O-cycloalkyl, —C(O)O-substituted cycloalkyl, —C(O)O-cycloalkenyl, —C(O)O-substituted cycloalkenyl, —C(O)O-heteroaryl, —C(O)O-substituted heteroaryl, —C(O)O-heterocyclic, and —C(O)O-substituted heterocyclic, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
- “(Carboxyl ester)oxy” or “carbonate” refers to the groups —O—C(O)O— alkyl, —O—C(O)O-substituted alkyl, —O—C(O)O-alkenyl, —O—C(O)O-substituted alkenyl, —O—C(O)O-alkynyl, —O—C(O)O-substituted alkynyl, —O—C(O)O-aryl, —O—C(O)O— substituted aryl, —O—C(O)O-cycloalkyl, —O—C(O)O-substituted cycloalkyl, —O—C(O)O— cycloalkenyl, —O—C(O)O-substituted cycloalkenyl, —O—C(O)O-heteroaryl, —O—C(O)O— substituted heteroaryl, —O—C(O)O-heterocyclic, and —O—C(O)O-substituted heterocyclic, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
- “Cyano” or “nitrile” refers to the group —CN.
- “Cycloalkyl” refers to cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 10 carbon atoms having single or multiple cyclic rings including fused, bridged, and spiro ring systems. Examples of suitable cycloalkyl groups include, for instance, adamantyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl and the like. Such cycloalkyl groups include, by way of example, single ring structures such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl, and the like, or multiple ring structures such as adamantanyl, and the like.
- “Substituted cycloalkyl” refers to cycloalkyl groups having from 1 to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, —SO-alkyl, —SO-substituted alkyl, —SO-aryl, —SO-heteroaryl, —SO2— alkyl, —SO2-substituted alkyl, —SO2-aryl and —SO2-heteroaryl.
- “Cycloalkenyl” refers to non-aromatic cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 10 carbon atoms having single or multiple rings and having at least one double bond, e.g., from 1 to 2 double bonds.
- “Substituted cycloalkenyl” refers to cycloalkenyl groups having from 1 to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, —SO-alkyl, —SO-substituted alkyl, —SO-aryl, —SO-heteroaryl, —SO2— alkyl, —SO2-substituted alkyl, —SO2-aryl and —SO2-heteroaryl.
- “Cycloalkynyl” refers to non-aromatic cycloalkyl groups of from 5 to 10 carbon atoms having single or multiple rings and having at least one triple bond.
- “Cycloalkoxy” refers to —O-cycloalkyl.
- “Cycloalkenyloxy” refers to —O-cycloalkenyl.
- “Halo” or “halogen” refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
- “Hydroxy” or “hydroxyl” refers to the group —OH.
- “Heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic group of from 1 to 15 carbon atoms, such as from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 to 10 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur within the ring. Such heteroaryl groups can have a single ring (such as, pyridinyl, imidazolyl or furyl) or multiple condensed rings in a ring system (for example as in groups such as, indolizinyl, quinolinyl, benzofuran, benzimidazolyl or benzothienyl), wherein at least one ring within the ring system is aromatic and at least one ring within the ring system is aromatic, provided that the point of attachment is through an atom of an aromatic ring. In certain embodiments, the nitrogen and/or sulfur ring atom(s) of the heteroaryl group are optionally oxidized to provide for the N-oxide (N→O), sulfinyl, or sulfonyl moieties. This term includes, by way of example, pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, thiophenyl, and furanyl. Unless otherwise constrained by the definition for the heteroaryl substituent, such heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with 1 to 5 substituents, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halogen, nitro, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, —SO-alkyl, —SO-substituted alkyl, —SO-aryl, —SO-heteroaryl, —SO2-alkyl, —SO2-substituted alkyl, —SO2-aryl and —SO2-heteroaryl, and trihalomethyl.
- “Heteroaralkyl” refers to the groups -alkylene-heteroaryl where alkylene and heteroaryl are defined herein. This term includes, by way of example, pyridylmethyl, pyridylethyl, indolylmethyl, and the like.
- “Heteroaryloxy” refers to —O-heteroaryl.
- “Heterocycle,” “heterocyclic,” “heterocycloalkyl,” and “heterocyclyl” refer to a saturated or unsaturated group having a single ring or multiple condensed rings, including fused bridged and spiro ring systems, and having from 3 to 20 ring atoms, including 1 to 10 hetero atoms. These ring atoms are selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur, or oxygen, wherein, in fused ring systems, one or more of the rings can be cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, provided that the point of attachment is through the non-aromatic ring. In certain embodiments, the nitrogen and/or sulfur atom(s) of the heterocyclic group are optionally oxidized to provide for the N-oxide, —S(O)—, or —SO2-moieties.
- Examples of heterocycles and heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, azetidine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, dihydroindole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, phthalimide, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiophene, thiazole, thiazolidine, thiophene, benzo[b]thiophene, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl (also referred to as thiamorpholinyl), 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like.
- Unless otherwise constrained by the definition for the heterocyclic substituent, such heterocyclic groups can be optionally substituted with 1 to 5, or from 1 to 3 substituents, selected from alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, substituted amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, —SO-alkyl, —SO— substituted alkyl, —SO-aryl, —SO-heteroaryl, —SO2-alkyl, —SO2-substituted alkyl, —SO2-aryl, —SO2-heteroaryl, and fused heterocycle.
- “Heterocyclyloxy” refers to the group —O-heterocyclyl.
- “Heterocyclylthio” refers to the group heterocyclic-S—.
- “Heterocyclene” refers to the diradical group formed from a heterocycle, as defined herein.
- “Hydroxyamino” refers to the group —NHOH.
- “Nitro” refers to the group —NO2.
- “Oxo” refers to the atom (═O).
- “Sulfonyl” refers to the group SO2-alkyl, SO2-substituted alkyl, SO2-alkenyl, SO2-substituted alkenyl, SO2-cycloalkyl, SO2-substituted cycloalkyl, SO2-cycloalkenyl, SO2-substituted cylcoalkenyl, SO2-aryl, SO2-substituted aryl, SO2-heteroaryl, SO2-substituted heteroaryl, SO2-heterocyclic, and SO2-substituted heterocyclic, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein. Sulfonyl includes, by way of example, methyl-SO2—, phenyl-SO2—, and 4-methylphenyl-SO2-.
- “Sulfonyloxy” refers to the group —OSO2-alkyl, OSO2-substituted alkyl, OSO2-alkenyl, OSO2-substituted alkenyl, OSO2-cycloalkyl, OSO2-substituted cycloalkyl, OSO2-cycloalkenyl, OSO2-substituted cylcoalkenyl, OSO2-aryl, OSO2-substituted aryl, OSO2-heteroaryl, OSO2-substituted heteroaryl, OSO2-heterocyclic, and OSO2 substituted heterocyclic, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.
- “Aminocarbonyloxy” refers to the group —OC(O)NRR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
- “Thiol” refers to the group —SH.
- “Thioxo” or the term “thioketo” refers to the atom (═S).
- “Alkylthio” or the term “thioalkoxy” refers to the group —S-alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, sulfur may be oxidized to —S(O)—. The sulfoxide may exist as one or more stereoisomers.
- “Substituted thioalkoxy” refers to the group —S-substituted alkyl.
- “Thioaryloxy” refers to the group aryl-S— wherein the aryl group is as defined herein including optionally substituted aryl groups also defined herein.
- “Thioheteroaryloxy” refers to the group heteroaryl-S— wherein the heteroaryl group is as defined herein including optionally substituted aryl groups as also defined herein.
- “Thioheterocyclooxy” refers to the group heterocyclyl-S— wherein the heterocyclyl group is as defined herein including optionally substituted heterocyclyl groups as also defined herein.
- In addition to the disclosure herein, the term “substituted,” when used to modify a specified group or radical, can also mean that one or more hydrogen atoms of the specified group or radical are each, independently of one another, replaced with the same or different substituent groups as defined below.
- In addition to the groups disclosed with respect to the individual terms herein, substituent groups for substituting for one or more hydrogens (any two hydrogens on a single carbon can be replaced with ═O, ═NR70, ═N—OR70, ═N2 or ═S) on saturated carbon atoms in the specified group or radical are, unless otherwise specified, —R60, halo, ═O, —OR70, —SR70, —NR80R80, trihalomethyl, —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO2, ═N2, —N3, —SO2R70, —SO2O−M+, —SO2R70, —OSO2R70, —OSO2O− M+, —OSO2OR70, —P(O)(O−)2(M+)2, —P(O)(OR70)O−M+, —P(O)(OR70)2, —C(O)R70, —C(S)R70, —C(NR70)R70, —C(O)O M+, —C(O)OR70, —C(S)OR70, —C(O)NR80R80, —C(NR70)NR80R80, —OC(O)R70, —OC(S)R70, —OC(O)O−M+, —OC(O)OR70, —OC(S)OR70, —NR70C(O)R70, —NR70C(S)R70, —NR70CO2 − M+, —NR70CO2R70, —NR70C(S)OR70, —NR70C(O)NR80R80, —NR70C(NR70)R70 and —NR70C(NR70)NR80R80, where R60 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl, each R70 is independently hydrogen or R60; each R80 is independently R70 or alternatively, two R80's, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl which may optionally include from 1 to 4 of the same or different additional heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S, of which N may have —H or C1-C3 alkyl substitution; and each M+ is a counter ion with a net single positive charge. Each M+ may independently be, for example, an alkali ion, such as K+, Na+, Li+; an ammonium ion, such as +N(R60)4; or an alkaline earth ion, such as [Ca2+]0.5, [Mg2+]0.5, or [Ba2+]0.5 (“subscript 0.5 means that one of the counter ions for such divalent alkali earth ions can be an ionized form of a compound of the present disclosure and the other a typical counter ion such as chloride, or two ionized compounds disclosed herein can serve as counter ions for such divalent alkali earth ions, or a doubly ionized compound of the present disclosure can serve as the counter ion for such divalent alkali earth ions). As specific examples, —NR80R80 is meant to include —NH2, —NH-alkyl, N-pyrrolidinyl, N-piperazinyl, 4N-methyl-piperazin-1-yl and N-morpholinyl.
- In addition to the disclosure herein, substituent groups for hydrogens on unsaturated carbon atoms in “substituted” alkene, alkyne, aryl and heteroaryl groups are, unless otherwise specified, —R60, halo, —O−M+, —OR70, —S−R70, —S−M+, —NR80R80, trihalomethyl, —CF3, —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —NO, —NO2, —N3, —SO2R70, —SO3 − M+, —SO3R70, —OSO2R70, —OSO3 −M+, —OSO3R70, —PO3 −2(M+)2, —P(O)(OR70)O− M+, —P(O)(OR70)2, —C(O)R70, —C(S)R70, —C(NR70)R70, —CO2 − M+, —CO2R70, —C(S)OR70, —C(O)NR80R80, —C(NR70)NR80R80, —OC(O)R70, —OC(S)R70, —O CO2 −M+, —OCO2R70, —OC(S)OR70, —NR70C(O)R70, —NR70C(S)R70, —NR70CO2 −M+, —NR70CO2R70, —NR70C(S)OR70, —NR70C(O)NR80R80, —NR70C(NR70)R70 and −NR70C(NR70)NR80R80, where R60, R70, R80 and M+ are as previously defined, provided that in case of substituted alkene or alkyne, the substituents are not —O− M+, —OR70, —SR70, or —S−M+.
- In addition to the groups disclosed with respect to the individual terms herein, substituent groups for hydrogens on nitrogen atoms in “substituted” heteroalkyl and cycloheteroalkyl groups are, unless otherwise specified, —R60, —O−M+, —OR70, —SR70, —S−M+, —NR80R80, trihalomethyl, —CF3, —CN, —NO, —NO2, —S(O)2R70, —S(O)2O−M+, —S(O)2OR70, —OS(O)2R70, —OS(O)2O−M+, —OS(O)2R70, —P(O)(O−)2(M+)2, —P(O)(OR70)O−M+, —P(O)(OR70)(OR70), —C(O)R70, —C(S)R70, —C(NR70)R70, —C(O)OR70, —C(S)OR70, —C(O)NR80R80, —C(NR70)NR80R80, —OC(O)R70, —OC(S)R70, —OC(O)OR70, —OC(S)OR70, —NR70C(O)R70, —NR70C(S)R70, NR70C(O)OR70, —NR70C(S)OR70, —NR70C(O)NR80R80, —NR70C(NR70)R70 and —NR70C(NR70)NR80R80, where R60, R70, R80 and M+ are as previously defined.
- In addition to the disclosure herein, in a certain embodiment, a group that is substituted has 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents, 1, 2, or 3 substituents, 1 or 2 substituents, or 1 substituent.
- It is understood that in all substituted groups defined above, polymers arrived at by defining substituents with further substituents to themselves (e.g., substituted aryl having a substituted aryl group as a substituent which is itself substituted with a substituted aryl group, which is further substituted by a substituted aryl group, etc.) are not intended for inclusion herein. In such cases, the maximum number of such substitutions is three. For example, serial substitutions of substituted aryl groups specifically contemplated herein are limited to substituted aryl-(substituted aryl)-substituted aryl.
- Unless indicated otherwise, the nomenclature of substituents that are not explicitly defined herein are arrived at by naming the terminal portion of the functionality followed by the adjacent functionality toward the point of attachment. For example, the substituent “arylalkyloxycarbonyl” refers to the group (aryl)-(alkyl)-O—C(O)—.
- As to any of the groups disclosed herein which contain one or more substituents, it is understood, of course, that such groups do not contain any substitution or substitution patterns which are sterically impractical and/or synthetically non-feasible. In addition, the subject compounds include all stereochemical isomers arising from the substitution of these compounds.
- A “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” means a salt which is acceptable for administration to a patient, such as a mammal (e.g., salts having acceptable mammalian safety for a given dosage regime). Such salts can be derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic bases and from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic acids. “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a compound, which salts are derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter ions well known in the art and include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium, and the like; and when the molecule contains a basic functionality, salts of organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, formate, tartrate, besylate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, oxalate, and the like.
- A “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient,” “pharmaceutically acceptable diluent,” “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” and “pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant” means an excipient, diluent, carrier, and adjuvant that are useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that are generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and include an excipient, diluent, carrier, and adjuvant that are acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use. “A pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, carrier and adjuvant” as used in the specification and claims includes one and more than one such excipient, diluent, carrier, and adjuvant.
- As used herein, a “pharmaceutical composition” is meant to encompass a composition suitable for administration to a subject, such as a mammal, especially a human. In general a “pharmaceutical composition” is sterile, and is free of contaminants that are capable of eliciting an undesirable response within the subject (e.g., the compound(s) in the pharmaceutical composition is pharmaceutical grade).
- Pharmaceutical compositions can be designed for administration to subjects or patients in need thereof via a number of different routes of administration including oral, buccal, rectal, parenteral, intraperitoneal, intradermal, intratracheal and the like. In some embodiments the composition is suitable for administration by a transdermal route, using a penetration enhancer other than dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions are suitable for administration by a route other than transdermal administration. A pharmaceutical composition will in some embodiments include a subject compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient is other than DMSO.
- A “salt thereof” means a compound formed when the hydrogen of an acid is replaced by a cation, such as a metal cation or an organic cation and the like. Where applicable, the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, although this is not required for salts of compounds that are not intended for administration to a patient. By way of example, salts of the present compounds include those wherein the compound is protonated by an inorganic or organic acid to form a cation, with the conjugate base of the inorganic or organic acid as the anionic component of the salt.
- “Solvate” refers to a complex formed by combination of solvent molecules with molecules or ions of the solute. The solvent can be an organic compound, an inorganic compound, or a mixture of both. Some examples of solvents include, but are not limited to, methanol, N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethylsulfoxide, and water. When the solvent is water, the solvate formed is a hydrate.
- “Stereoisomer” and “stereoisomers” refer to compounds that have same atomic connectivity but different atomic arrangement in space. Stereoisomers include cis-trans isomers, E and Z isomers, enantiomers, and diastereomers.
- “Tautomer” refers to alternate forms of a molecule that differ only in electronic bonding of atoms and/or in the position of a proton, such as enol-keto and imine-enamine tautomers, or the tautomeric forms of heteroaryl groups containing a —N═C(H)—NH— ring atom arrangement, such as pyrazoles, imidazoles, benzimidazoles, triazoles, and tetrazoles. A person of ordinary skill in the art would recognize that other tautomeric ring atom arrangements are possible.
- It will be appreciated that the term “or a salt or solvate or stereoisomer thereof” is intended to include all permutations of salts, solvates and stereoisomers, such as a solvate of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a stereoisomer of subject compound.
- Before the present invention is further described, it is to be understood that this invention is not limited to particular embodiments described, as such may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting, since the scope of the present invention will be limited only by the appended claims.
- Where a range of values is provided, it is understood that each intervening value, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit unless the context clearly dictates otherwise, between the upper and lower limit of that range and any other stated or intervening value in that stated range, is encompassed within the invention. The upper and lower limits of these smaller ranges may independently be included in the smaller ranges, and are also encompassed within the invention, subject to any specifically excluded limit in the stated range. Where the stated range includes one or both of the limits, ranges excluding either or both of those included limits are also included in the invention.
- Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, the preferred methods and materials are now described. All publications mentioned herein are incorporated herein by reference to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials in connection with which the publications are cited.
- It must be noted that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a cyanobenzothiazole derivative” includes a plurality of such derivatives and reference to “the luciferin” includes reference to one or more luciferins and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth. It is further noted that the claims may be drafted to exclude any optional element. As such, this statement is intended to serve as antecedent basis for use of such exclusive terminology as “solely,” “only” and the like in connection with the recitation of claim elements, or use of a “negative” limitation.
- It is appreciated that certain features of the invention, which are, for clarity, described in the context of separate embodiments, may also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features of the invention, which are, for brevity, described in the context of a single embodiment, may also be provided separately or in any suitable sub-combination. All combinations of the embodiments pertaining to the invention are specifically embraced by the present invention and are disclosed herein just as if each and every combination was individually and explicitly disclosed. In addition, all sub-combinations of the various embodiments and elements thereof are also specifically embraced by the present invention and are disclosed herein just as if each and every such sub-combination was individually and explicitly disclosed herein.
- The publications discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the present invention is not entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior invention. Further, the dates of publication provided may be different from the actual publication dates which may need to be independently confirmed.
- The present disclosure features a condensation reaction and a luciferin-unmasking reaction that can be carried out under physiological conditions or ex vivo prior to addition to cells or animals. In general, the condensation reaction involves reacting a bicyclic reactant (in protected or deprotected version) with an aminothiol derivative (in protected or deprotected version), generating a luciferin or luciferin derivative. A luciferin can provide detectable luminescence. A luciferin derivative can be unmasked to provide detectable luminescence in a luciferin-unmasking reaction. The present disclosure provides bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives suitable for use in the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction to generate a luciferin or luciferin derivative. The condensation and luciferin-unmasking reactions find use in a variety of applications, which are also provided.
- In certain embodiments, the bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives can comprise protecting group moieties involved in detection of one or more biological processes or biomolecules. For example, deprotection or release of protecting group moieties on a bicyclic reactant and an aminothiol derivative can allow a condensation reaction to proceed to produce a luciferin or luciferin derivative. Luciferin can provide detectable luminescence.
- If a luciferin derivative is formed from the condensation reaction, the luciferin derivative comprises a protecting group moiety in manner such that the luciferin derivative does not provide detectable luminescence. Upon deprotection or release of the protecting group moiety from the luciferin derivative in a luciferin-unmasking reaction, a luciferin is formed and can provide detectable luminescence.
- An example of condensation and luciferin-unmasking reactions is shown below.
- In certain embodiments, the deprotection or release of the protecting group moiety in the luciferin-unmasking reaction can occur before the condensation reaction. The protecting groups for heteroatom functional group or carboxyl substituents of the reactants are deprotected before deprotection or release of protecting group moieties for the condensation reaction. Thus, upon occurrence of the condensation reaction, a luciferin is generated.
- An example of luciferin-unmasking and condensation reactions is shown below.
- The selectivity of the reaction and its compatibility with aqueous environments provides for its application in vivo and in vitro. The reaction is compatible with living cells.
- The condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction can serve as an assay for the detection of one or more biological processes or biomolecules. Luminescence can be detected if luciferin is formed from the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction. The condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction are dependent on the deprotection and release of protecting group moieties. Thus, under certain biological conditions or in the presence of certain biomolecules, the protecting group moieties are deprotected or released and the condensation reaction and/or luciferin-unmasking reaction can occur and result in detectable luminescence. On the other hand, if the biological conditions or biomolecules are not present, the protecting group moieties would remain on the bicyclic reactant, aminothiol derivative and/or luciferin derivative, and there would be no substantial detectable luminescence.
- The reaction partners, bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives, for the condensation reaction are discussed in more detail below. In the description, reference to formula with a Roman numeral, such as (I), is meant to include the formulae with the Roman numeral and letter, e.g. (Ia) and (Ib).
- The disclosure then discusses protecting groups for the reaction partners, the condensation reaction and reaction products thereof, assays using the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction, compositions comprising the disclosed compounds, and utility of the disclosed compounds.
- The present disclosure provides bicyclic reactants and composition comprising the bicyclic reactants. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides cyanobenzothiazole (CBT) derivatives and composition comprising the CBT derivatives. Cyanobenzothiazole (CBT) has the following structure:
- The embodiments provide compounds of Formula Ia and composition comprising the compounds.
- wherein
- Q1 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ1—;
- RQ1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
- R1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino; and
- PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- The embodiments provide compounds of Formula Ib and composition comprising the compounds.
- wherein
- Q1 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ1—;
- RQ1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
- R1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino; and
- PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- The embodiments provide compounds of Formula Ic and composition comprising the compounds.
- wherein
- Q1 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ1—;
- RQ1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group; and
- R1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino.
- The embodiments provide compounds of Formula Id and composition comprising the compounds.
- wherein
- Q1 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ1—;
- RQ1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group; and
- R1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino.
- In formula I, Q1 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ1-.
- In certain embodiments, Q1 is —O—. In certain embodiments, Q1 is —NRQ1-. In formula I, when Q1 is —NRQ1-, RQ1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, RQ1 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, RQ1 is alkyl. In certain embodiments, RQ1 is substituted alkyl.
- In formula I, PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group. In certain embodiments, PGIV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PGIV is a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group.
- In certain embodiments, PGIV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl ester, aminosulfonyl, sulfonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, and aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- In certain embodiments, PGIV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, aminoacyl, and carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PGIV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PGIV is alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is acyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is aminoacyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PGIV is alkoxycarbonylamino. In certain embodiments, PGIV is aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- In formula I, R1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino.
- In certain embodiments, R1 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R1 is halogen. In certain embodiments, R1 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is alkyl or substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R1 is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R1 is amino or substituted amino.
- In formula I, PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group. In certain embodiments, PGI is not present. In certain embodiments, PGI is present.
- In formula I, if PGI is present, there is a masked cyano group. A masked cyano group is a chemically protected form of a cyano group, in which the cyano group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). In certain embodiments, PGI is present such that the masked cyano group is —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NRR, and -C═NOH (aldoxime); wherein R is independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
- In formula I, in certain embodiments, at least one of PGI and PGIV is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, PGI is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, PGIV is a protecting group.
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula I has the following formula:
- wherein
-Q1PGIV is selected from the following: - wherein R is hydrogen or alkyl.
- In certain embodiments, R is selected from the following. Both the alkyl group and resulting boronic ester are shown below:
- The embodiments provide compounds of Formula IIa and composition comprising the compounds.
- wherein
- Q2 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ2—;
- RQ2 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
- R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q3 is —O— or —S—; and
- PGIV is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- The embodiments provide compounds of Formula IIb and composition comprising the compounds.
- wherein
- Q2 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ2—;
- RQ2 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
- R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q3 is —O— or —S—; and
- PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- In formula II, Q2 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ2-. In certain embodiments, Q2 is —O—. In certain embodiments, Q2 is —NRQ2-. In formula I, when Q2 is —NRQ2—, RQ2 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, RQ2 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, RQ2 is alkyl. In certain embodiments, RQ2 is substituted alkyl.
- In formula II, PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group. In certain embodiments, PGIV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PGIV is a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group.
- In certain embodiments, PGIV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl ester, aminosulfonyl, sulfonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, and aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- In certain embodiments, PGIV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, aminoacyl, and carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PGIV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PGIV is alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is acyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is aminoacyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PGIV is alkoxycarbonylamino. In certain embodiments, PGIV is aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- In formula II, R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino.
- In certain embodiments, R2 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R2 is halogen.
- In certain embodiments, R2 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is alkyl or substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R2 is amino or substituted amino.
- In formula II, Q3 is —O— or -S—. In certain embodiments, Q3 is —O—. In certain embodiments, Q3 is —S—.
- In formula II, PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group. In certain embodiments, PGI is not present. In certain embodiments, PGI is present.
- In formula II, if PGI is present, there is a masked cyano group. A masked cyano group is a chemically protected form of a cyano group, in which the cyano group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). In certain embodiments, PGI is present such that the masked cyano group is —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NRR, and -C═NOH (aldoxime); wherein R is independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
- In formula II, in certain embodiments, at least one of PGI and PGIV is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, PGI is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, PGIV is a protecting group.
- The embodiments provide compounds of Formula IIIa and composition comprising the compounds.
- wherein
- Q4 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ4—;
- RQ4 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
- R3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q5 is —N— or —CH—; and
- PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- The embodiments provide compounds of Formula IIIb and composition comprising the compounds.
- wherein
- Q4 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ4—;
- RQ4 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group; and
- R3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q5 is —N— or —CH—; and
- PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- In formula III, Q4 is selected from —O— and —NRQ4-. In certain embodiments, Q4 is —O—. In certain embodiments, Q4 is —NRQ4-. In formula III, when Q4 is —NRQ4—, RQ4 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, RQ4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, RQ4 is alkyl. In certain embodiments, RQ4 is substituted alkyl.
- In formula III, PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group. In certain embodiments, PGIV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PGIV is a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group.
- In certain embodiments, PGIV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl ester, aminosulfonyl, sulfonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, and aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- In certain embodiments, PGIV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, aminoacyl, and carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PGIV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PGIV is alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is acyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is aminoacyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PGIV is alkoxycarbonylamino. In certain embodiments, PGIV is aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- In formula III, R3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino.
- In certain embodiments, R3 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R3 is halogen.
- In certain embodiments, R3 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is alkyl or substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R3 is amino or substituted amino.
- In formula III, Q5 is —N— or —CH—. In certain embodiments, Q5 is —N—. In certain embodiments, Q5 is —CH—.
- In formula III, PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group. In certain embodiments, PGI is not present. In certain embodiments, PGI is present.
- In formula III, if PGI is present, there is a masked cyano group. A masked cyano group is a chemically protected form of a cyano group, in which the cyano group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). In certain embodiments, PGI is present such that the masked cyano group is —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NRR, and -C═NOH (aldoxime); wherein R is independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
- In formula III, in certain embodiments, at least one of PGI and PGIV is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, PGI is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, PGIV is a protecting group.
- The embodiments provide compounds of Formula IVa and composition comprising the compounds.
- wherein
- Q6 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ6—;
- RQ6 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
- R4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q7 is —N— or —CH—; and
- PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- The embodiments provide compounds of Formula IVb and composition comprising the compounds.
- wherein
- Q6 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ6—;
- RQ6 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
- R4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q7 is —N— or —CH—; and
- PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- In formula IV, Q6 is selected from —O— and —NRQ6-. In certain embodiments, Q6 is —O—. In certain embodiments, Q6 is —NRQ6—. In formula IV, when Q6 is —NRQ6—, RQ6 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, RQ6 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, RQ6 is alkyl. In certain embodiments, RQ6 is substituted alkyl.
- In formula IV, PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group. In certain embodiments, PGIV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PGIV is a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group.
- In certain embodiments, PGIV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl ester, aminosulfonyl, sulfonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, and aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- In certain embodiments, PGIV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, aminoacyl, and carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PGIV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PGIV is alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is acyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is aminoacyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PGIV is alkoxycarbonylamino. In certain embodiments, PGIV is aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- In formula IV, R4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino.
- In certain embodiments, R4 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R4 is halogen.
- In certain embodiments, R4 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is alkyl or substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R4 is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R4 is amino or substituted amino.
- In formula IV, Q7 is —N— or —CH—. In certain embodiments, Q7 is —N—. In certain embodiments, Q7 is —CH—.
- In formula IV, PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group. In certain embodiments, PGI is not present. In certain embodiments, PGI is present.
- In formula IV, if PGI is present, there is a masked cyano group. A masked cyano group is a chemically protected form of a cyano group, in which the cyano group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). In certain embodiments, PGI is present such that the masked cyano group is —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NRR, and -C═NOH (aldoxime); wherein R is independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
- In formula IV, in certain embodiments, at least one of PGI and PGIV is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, PGIV is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, PGIV is a protecting group.
- The embodiments provide compounds of Formula Va and composition comprising the compounds.
- wherein
- Q8 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ8—;
- RQ8 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
- R5 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q9 is —N— or —CH—; and
- PG1 is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- The embodiments provide compounds of Formula Vb and composition comprising the compounds.
- wherein
- Q is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ8—;
- RQ8 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
- R5 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q9 is —N— or —CH—; and
- PG1 is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
- In formula V, Q8 is selected from —O— and —NRQ8-. In certain embodiments, Q8 is —O—. In certain embodiments, Q8 is —NRQ8—. In formula V, when Q8 is —NRQ8—, RQ8 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, RQ8 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, RQ8 is alkyl. In certain embodiments, RQ8 is substituted alkyl.
- In formula V, PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group. In certain embodiments, PGIV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PGIV is a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group.
- In certain embodiments, PGIV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, carboxyl ester, aminosulfonyl, sulfonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, and aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- In certain embodiments, PGIV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, aminoacyl, and carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PGIV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PGIV is alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is acyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is aminoacyl. In certain embodiments, PGIV is carboxyl ester. In certain embodiments, PGIV is alkoxycarbonylamino. In certain embodiments, PGIV is aminocarbonylalkoxy.
- In formula V, R5 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino.
- In certain embodiments, R5 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R5 is halogen.
- In certain embodiments, R5 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R5 is alkyl or substituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R5 is alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R5 is amino or substituted amino.
- In formula V, Q9 is —N— or —CH—. In certain embodiments, Q9 is —N—. In certain embodiments, Q9 is —CH—.
- In formula V, PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group. In certain embodiments, PGI is not present. In certain embodiments, PGI is present.
- In formula V, if PGI is present, there is a masked cyano group. A masked cyano group is a chemically protected form of a cyano group, in which the cyano group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). In certain embodiments, PGI is present such that the masked cyano group is —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NRR, and -C═NOH (aldoxime); wherein R is independently selected from hydrogen and alkyl.
- In formula V, in certain embodiments, at least one of PGI and PGIV is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, PGIV is a protecting group. In certain embodiments, PGIV is a protecting group.
- Aminothiol is a compound that comprises both an amino group and a thiol group.
- In certain embodiments, as used herein, aminothiol is 2-aminoethanethiol, as shown below:
- The term “derivative” refers, for example, to compounds that are derived from another compound and maintain the same general structure as the compound from, which they are derived.
- The embodiments provide aminothiol derivatives and composition comprising the compounds. A subject aminothiol derivative is compound of formula:
- PGII is hydrogen or a protecting group for an amino group;
- PGIII is hydrogen or a protecting group for a thiol group;
- PGV is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group; and
- L is C1-2 alkylene, C1-2 alkenylene, or C1-2 alkynylene.
- The embodiments provide aminothiol derivatives and composition comprising the compounds. A subject aminothiol derivative is compound of formula:
- wherein
- PGII is hydrogen or a protecting group for an amino group;
- PGIII is hydrogen or a protecting group for a thiol group;
- PGV is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group; and
- wherein at least one of PGII, PGIII, and PGV is a protecting group.
- The embodiments provide aminothiol derivatives and composition comprising the compounds. A subject aminothiol derivative is compound of formula:
- wherein
- PGII is a protecting group for an amino group.
- The embodiments provide aminothiol derivatives and composition comprising the compounds. A subject aminothiol derivative is compound of formula:
- wherein
- PGIII is a protecting group for a thiol group.
- The embodiments provide aminothiol derivatives and composition comprising the compounds. A subject aminothiol derivative is compound of formula:
- wherein
- PGV is a protecting group for a carboxyl group.
- In formula VI, in certain embodiments, at least one of PGI, PGII, and PGV is a protecting group.
- In formula VI, L is C1-2 alkylene, C1-2 alkenylene, or C1-2 alkynylene. In certain embodiments, L is C1-2 alkylene. In certain embodiments, L is C1-2 alkenylene. In certain embodiments, L is C1-2 alkynylene.
- In formula VI, PGII is hydrogen or a protecting group for an amino group.
- In certain embodiments, PGII is hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, PGII is a protecting group for an amino group. In formula VI, if PGII is present, there is a masked amino group. A masked amino group is a chemically protected form of an amino group, in which the amino group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). Examples of masked amino groups can be found in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999, for example at pages 494-659). In certain embodiments, a masked amino group is a carbamate or an amide.
- In certain embodiments, PGII is present to form a masked amino group, wherein the amino group is connected to an amino acid, peptide, or protein. In certain embodiments, the amino acid, amino acid, peptide, or protein can be cleaved due to specific conditions.
- In certain embodiments, PGII is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, aminosulfonyl, and sulfonyl. In certain embodiments, PGII is hydrogen or alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGII is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PGII is alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGII is acyl.
- In formula VI, PGIII is hydrogen or a protecting group for a thiol group.
- In certain embodiments, PGIII is hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, PGIII is a protecting group for a thiol group. In formula VI, if PGIII is present, there is a masked thiol group. A masked thiol group is a chemically protected form of a thiol group, in which the thiol group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). Examples of masked thiol groups can be found in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999, for example at pages 454-493). In certain embodiments, a masked thiol group is a thioether or thioester.
- In certain embodiments, PGIII is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, aminosulfonyl, or sulfonyl. In certain embodiments, PGIII is hydrogen or alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGIII is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PGIII is alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGIII is acyl.
- In formula VI, PGV is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group.
- In certain embodiments, PGV is hydrogen.
- In certain embodiments, PGV is a protecting group for a carboxyl group. In formula VI, if PGV is present, there is a masked carboxyl group. A masked carboxyl group is a chemically protected form of a carboxyl group, in which the carboxyl group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). Examples of masked carboxyl groups can be found in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999, for example at pages 369-463). In certain embodiments, a masked carboxyl group is an ester, an amide, or a hydrazide.
- In certain embodiments, PGV is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, aryl, substituted aryl, acyl, aminoacyl, aminosulfonyl, and sulfonyl. In certain embodiments, PGV is hydrogen or alkyl. In certain embodiments, PGV is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, PGV is alkyl.
- The present disclosure provide for a bicyclic reactant and an aminothiol derivative, wherein each of these compounds can comprise protecting groups for various functional groups on the bicyclic reactant and amino derivative.
- As discussed above, the bicyclic reactant can comprise protecting groups for the heteroatom functional group and/or cyano group. The aminothiol derivative can comprise protecting groups for the amino group, thiol group, and/or carboxyl group.
- Examples of protecting groups for each of the heteroatom functional group, cyano group, amino group, thiol group, and carboxyl group can be found in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- In certain embodiments, the protecting group for amino group or hydroxyl group on the bicyclic reactant can be a cleavable linker group that provides for release of the bicyclic moiety upon reaction.
- Examples of protecting groups and cleavable linkers, including conditions for their deprotection, are discussed more detail below in section titled “Assays using condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction.”
- The present disclosure features a condensation reaction that can be carried out under physiological conditions or ex vivo prior to addition to cells or animal. In general, the condensation reaction involves reacting a bicyclic reactant with an aminothiol derivative, generating a luciferin or luciferin derivative. The term “luciferin” is used generically to refer to any light-emitting molecule utilized by a luciferase. A luciferin can provide detectable luminescence. A luciferin derivative can be unmasked to provide detectable luminescence in a luciferin-unmasking reaction.
- The condensation reaction proceeds with reaction of an unprotected cyano group of a bicyclic reactant and an unprotected amino group and an unprotected thiol group of an aminothiol derivative. If any of the cyano, amino, or thiol groups is protected, the condensation reaction will not likely proceed. Thus, the condensation reaction can be controlled by addition and removal of protecting groups on any of the cyano, amino, or thiol groups.
- In a certain embodiment, a condensation reaction is shown with a bicyclic reactant that is a compound of Formula Ia (unprotected form) and a compound of Formula VIa (unprotected form) to form a compound of Formula VIIa.
- The embodiments provide luciferin derivatives and composition comprising the compounds. A subject luciferin derivative is compound of formula:
- wherein
- Q1 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ1—;
- RQ1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
- R1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- PGV is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group; and
- L is C1-2 alkylene, C1-2 alkenylene, or C1-2 alkynylene.
- In a certain embodiment, a condensation reaction is shown with a bicyclic portion that is a compound of Formula IIa (unprotected form) and a compound of Formula VIa (unprotected form) to form a compound of Formula VIIIa.
- The embodiments provide luciferin derivatives and composition comprising the compounds. A subject luciferin derivative is compound of formula:
- Q2 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ2—;
- RQ2 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
- R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q3 is —O— or —S—;
- PGV is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group; and
- L is C1-2 alkylene, C1-2 alkenylene, or C1-2 alkynylene.
- In a certain embodiment, a condensation reaction is shown with a bicyclic portion that is a compound of Formula IIIa (unprotected form) and a compound of Formula VIa (unprotected form) to form a compound of Formula IXa.
- The embodiments provide luciferin derivatives and composition comprising the compounds. A subject luciferin derivative is compound of formula:
- wherein
- Q4 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ4—;
- RQ4 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
- R3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, substituted amino, a moiety that comprises a reactive group that facilitates covalent attachment of a molecule of interest; and a molecule of interest;
- Q5 is —N— or —CH—;
- PGV is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group; and
- L is C1-2 alkylene, C1-2 alkenylene, or C1-2 alkynylene.
- In a certain embodiment, a condensation reaction is shown with a bicyclic portion that is a compound of Formula IVa (unprotected form) and a compound of Formula VIa (unprotected form) to form a compound of Formula Xa.
- The embodiments provide luciferin derivatives and composition comprising the compounds. A subject luciferin derivative is compound of formula:
- wherein
- Q6 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ6—;
- RQ6 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
- R4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q7 is —N— or —CH—;
- PGV is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group; and
- L is C1-2 alkylene, C1-2 alkenylene, or C1-2 alkynylene.
- In a certain embodiment, a condensation reaction is shown with a bicyclic portion that is a compound of Formula Va (unprotected form) and a compound of Formula VIa (unprotected form) to form a compound of Formula XIa.
- The embodiments provide luciferin derivatives and composition comprising the compounds. A subject luciferin derivative is compound of formula:
- wherein
- Q8 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQs—;
- RQ8 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
- PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
- R5 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
- Q9 is —N— or —CH—;
- PGV is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group; and
- L is C1-2 alkylene, C1-2 alkenylene, or C1-2 alkynylene.
- In general, the condensation reaction involves reacting a bicyclic reactant (in protected or deprotected version) with an aminothiol derivative (in protected or deprotected version), generating a luciferin or luciferin derivative. A luciferin can provide detectable luminescence. A luciferin derivative can be unmasked to provide detectable luminescence in a luciferin-unmasking reaction.
- As discussed above, in certain embodiments, the bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives can comprise protecting group moieties involved in detection of one or more biological processes or biomolecules. For example, deprotection or release of protecting group moieties on a bicyclic reactant and an aminothiol derivative can allow a condensation reaction to proceed to produce a luciferin or luciferin derivative. Luciferin can provide detectable luminescence.
- If a luciferin derivative is formed from the condensation reaction, the luciferin derivative comprises a protecting group moiety in manner such that the luciferin derivative does not provide detectable luminescence. Upon deprotection or release of the protecting group moiety from the luciferin derivative in a luciferin-unmasking reaction, a luciferin is formed and can provide detectable luminescence.
- An example of condensation and luciferin-unmasking reactions is shown below.
- In certain embodiments, the deprotection or release of the protecting group moiety in the luciferin-unmasking reaction can occur before the condensation reaction. The protecting groups for heteroatom functional group or carboxyl substituents of the reactants are deprotected before deprotection or release of protecting group moieties for the condensation reaction. Thus, upon occurrence of the condensation reaction, a luciferin is generated. An example of luciferin-unmasking and condensation reactions is shown below.
- The condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction can serve as an assay for the detection of one or more biological processes or biomolecules. Luminescence can be detected if luciferin is formed from the condensation and luciferin-unmasking reactions. The condensation and luciferin-unmasking reactions are dependent on the deprotection and release of protecting group moieties. Thus, under certain biological conditions or in the presence of certain biomolecules, the protecting group moieties are deprotected or released and the condensation and/or luciferin-unmasking reaction can occur and result in detectable luminescence. On the other hand, if the biological conditions or biomolecules are not present, the protecting group moieties would remain on the bicyclic reactant, aminothiol derivative and/or luciferin derivative, and there would be no substantial detectable luminescence.
- As discussed above, the condensation reaction proceeds with reaction of an unprotected cyano group of a bicyclic reactant and an unprotected amino group and an unprotected thiol group of an aminothiol derivative. If any of the cyano, amino, or thiol groups is protected, the condensation reaction will not likely proceed. Thus, the condensation reaction can be controlled by addition and removal of protecting groups on any of the cyano, amino, or thiol groups. An example of the condensation reaction is shown below.
- For the bicyclic reactant, the compound can comprise a cyano group or a masked cyano group. A masked cyano group is a chemically protected form of a cyano group, in which the cyano group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). In certain embodiments, a masked cyano group is —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NRR, and -C═NOH (aldoxime).
- Deprotection of the masked cyano group to present a cyano group facilitates the condensation reaction. In certain embodiments, deprotection of the masked cyano group can occur in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo.
- For the aminothiol derivative, the compound can comprise a thiol group or a masked thiol group. A masked thiol group is a chemically protected form of a thiol group, in which the thiol group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). Examples of masked thiol groups can be found in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999, for example at pages 454-493). In certain embodiments, a masked thiol group is a thioether, thioester, or disulfide.
- Deprotection of the masked thiol group to present a thiol group facilitates the condensation reaction. In certain embodiments, deprotection of the masked thiol group can occur in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo.
- For the aminothiol derivative, the compound can comprise an amino group or a masked amino group. A masked amino group is a chemically protected form of an amino group, in which the amino group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). Examples of masked amino groups can be found in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999, for example at pages 494-659). In certain embodiments, a masked amino group is a carbamate or an amide.
- In certain embodiments, the masked amino group is presented such that the amino group is connected to an amino acid, peptide, or protein. In certain embodiments, the amino acid, amino acid, peptide, or protein can be cleaved due to specific conditions.
- Deprotection of the masked amino group to present an amino group facilitates the condensation reaction. In certain embodiments, deprotection of the masked amino group can occur in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo.
- For a luciferin-unmasking reaction, a luciferin derivative provides a carboxyl group and a heteroatom functional group in which either of the groups can be protected. In certain embodiments, the heteroatom functional group is —OH or —NH2. If any of the carboxyl group or heteroatom functional groups is protected, the luminescence reaction will not likely proceed. Thus, the luminescence reaction can be controlled by addition and removal of protecting groups on any of the carboxyl group and heteroatom functional groups. An example of the luciferin-unmasking reaction is shown below.
- For the luciferin derivative, the compound can comprise a carboxyl or a masked carboxyl group. A masked carboxyl group is a chemically protected form of a carboxyl group, in which the carboxyl group is in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). Examples of masked carboxyl groups can be found in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999, for example at pages 369-463). In certain embodiments, a masked carboxyl group is an ester, an amide, or a hydrazide.
- In certain embodiments, the masked carboxyl group is presented such that the carboxyl group is connected to an amino acid, peptide, or protein. In certain embodiments, the amino acid, amino acid, peptide, or protein can be cleaved due to specific conditions.
- Deprotection of the masked carboxyl group to present a carboxyl group facilitates the luminescence reaction. In certain embodiments, deprotection of the masked carboxyl group can occur in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo.
- For the luciferin derivative, the compound can comprise a heteroatom functional group or a masked heteroatom functional group, in which the heteroatom functional group is —OH or —NH2. As shown in the formula above, the heteroatom functional group this is protected is-Q-PGIV. Deprotection of the heteroatom functional group can be performed with procedures in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 3rd Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 1999). In certain embodiments, a masked hydroxyl group is an ether or ester. In certain embodiments, a masked amino group is a carbamate or an amide.
- In certain embodiments, the masked amino group is presented such that the amino group is connected to an amino acid, peptide, or protein. In certain embodiments, the amino acid, amino acid, peptide, or protein can be cleaved due to specific conditions.
- Deprotection of the masked heteroatom functional group to present a heteroatom functional group facilitates the luminescence reaction. In certain embodiments, deprotection of the masked heteroatom functional group can occur in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo.
- In the presence of certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions, the protecting groups can be removed and the condensation reaction and/or luciferin-unmasking reaction can proceed to produce a luciferin, which can provide detectable luminescence. Thus, the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction can serve as a detection system for certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions.
- Multiple protecting groups can be utilized in the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction. With orthogonal protecting groups, detection of presence of different biomolecules or different biological processes or different changes in biological conditions can be determined.
- The bicyclic reactant and aminothiol derivative are shown below.
- The reaction partners comprise up to five protecting groups: PGI, PGII, PGIII, PGIV, and PGV. In order for the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction to occur to form luciferin with detectable luminescence, the protecting groups are removed from the reaction partners and resulting luciferin derivative.
- Thus, each protecting group and up to five protecting groups can serve as a detection system for certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions. Examples are shown in Table 1, below.
-
TABLE 1 Functional group to Examples of functional group be protected as masked groups PGI Cyano —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NRR, and —C═NOH (aldoxime) PGII Amino carbamate and amide (amino acid, amino acid, peptide, and protein) PGIII Thiol thioether, thioester, and disulfide PGIV Hydroxyl ether and ester Amino carbamate and amide (amino acid, amino acid, peptide, and protein) Thiol thioether and thioester PGV Carboxyl ester, amide, and hydrazide (amino acid, amino acid, peptide, and protein) - Each of the protecting groups can have different conditions for deprotection. Thus, for example, while one protecting group can be removed under one set of conditions; another protecting group can be removed under another set of conditions. The conditions for deprotection of the protecting groups can be associated with certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions, thus serving as a detection system for these biomolecules, biological processes, or changes in biological conditions. In certain embodiments, removal of the protecting groups can be performed under general conditions (such a pH or the like) or certain conditions (such as in the presence of certain enzymes with certain cleavage sites).
- The table below shows protecting groups that can be used in the compounds herein. The protecting group can be removed from the compound with certain biomolecules. Certain biomolecules are present in certain conditions or pathologies and thus are associated with certain conditions or pathologies. Examples are shown in Table 2, below.
-
TABLE 2 Functional group Biomolecule for Protecting group moiety to be protected deprotection Condition/Pathology Aryl Boronate/aryl boronic acid (as cyano, amino, thiol, H2O2 Inflammation, cancer, neurodegeneration, part of protecting group) hydroxyl, carboxyl diabetes, cardiovascular disease, ageing z-LETD-, z-IETD- Amino Caspase-8 Inflammation, apoptosis, sepsis, neurodegenerative disease Pro-X-X-Hy Amino MMP-9 Conditions/diseases where the extracellular maxtrix (where X represents an arbitrary is broken down, cancer, embryonic development, residue; Hy, a hydrophobic residue; reproduction, tissue remodeling (wound repair), e.g., arthritis, atherosclerosis, abdominal aortic Pro-Leu/Gln-Gly-Met-Thr-Ser or aneurysm, inflammation Pro-Leu/Gln-Gly-Met-Thr; or SPQGIAGQRNFN) plasminogen activator cleavage site, Amino uPA activated during thrombolyis or fibrinolysis, e.g., a uPA or a tissue plasminogen tPA involved in extracellular matrix degredation, cancer, activator (tPA) cleavage site; e.g., vascular diseases, stroke sequences comprising Val-Gly-Arg SLLKSRMVPNFN Amino Cathepsin B Cancer, stroke, neurodegeneration, arthritis, ebola, or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, chronic SLLIARRMPNFN peridontitis, ocular disorders, myocardial infarction RPKPQQFFGLMN Amino MMP-3 Conditions/diseases where the extracellular maxtrix (stromelysin) is broken down, cancer, embryonic development, reproduction, tissue remodeling (wound repair), arthritis, atherosclerosis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, inflammation SLRPLALWRSFN Amino MMP-7 Conditions/diseases where the extracellular maxtrix (matrilysin) is broken down, cancer, embryonic development, reproduction, tissue remodeling (wound repair), arthritis, atherosclerosis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, inflammation DVDERDVRGFASFL Amino Thermolysin-like Conditions/diseases where the extracellular maxtrix MMP is broken down, cancer, embryonic development, reproduction, tissue remodeling (wound repair), arthritis, atherosclerosis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, inflammation SLPLGLWAPNFN Amino MMP-2 Conditions/diseases where the extracellular maxtrix is broken down, cancer, embryonic development, reproduction, tissue remodeling (wound repair), arthritis, atherosclerosis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, inflammation SLLIFRSWANFN Amino Cathepsin-L Cancer, stroke, neurodegeneration, arthritis, ebola, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, chronic peridontitis, ocular disorders, myocardial infarction SGVVIATVIVIT Amino Cathepsin-D Cancer, stroke, neurodegeneration, arthritis, ebola, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, chronic peridontitis, ocular disorders, myocardial infarction SLGPQGIWGQFN Amino MMP-1 Conditions/diseases where the extracellular maxtrix is broken down, cancer, embryonic development, reproduction, tissue remodeling (wound repair), arthritis, atherosclerosis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, inflammation KKSPGRVVGGSV Amino urokinase-type activated during thrombolyis, involved in plasminogen extracellular matrix degredation, cancer, vascular activator diseases, stroke PQGLLGAPGILG Amino membrane type 1 Conditions/diseases where the extracellular maxtrix matrixmetallo- is broken down, cancer, embryonic development, proteinase reproduction, tissue remodeling (wound repair), arthritis, atherosclerosis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, inflammation, emphysema, cirrhosis HGPEGLRVGFYESDVMGRGHAR Amino MMP-11 Conditions/diseases where the extracellular maxtrix LVHVEEPHT (stromelysin-3) is broken down, cancer, embryonic development, reproduction, tissue remodeling (wound repair), arthritis, atherosclerosis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, inflammation, emphysema, cirrhosis GPQGLAGQRGIV Amino MMP-13 Conditions/diseases where the extracellular maxtrix (collagenase-3) is broken down, cancer, embryonic development, restructuring collagen matrix, reproduction, tissue remodeling (wound repair), arthritis, osteoarthritis, atherosclerosis, abdominal aortic aneurysm, inflammation GGSGQRGRKALE Amino tissue-type activated during thrombolyis, involved in plasminogen extracellular matrix degredation, cancer, vascular activator diseases, stroke, SLSALLSSDIFN Amino Human prostate- Prostate cancer, male ejaculate, prostate disorders, specific antigen obesity (decreased levels), prostatitis, benign prostatic hyperplasia, ageing (increased in older men), found in breast milk and amniotic fluid, breast, lung, renal, and uterine cancer SLLGIAVPGNFN Amino Neutrophil elastase Inflammation, cyclic neutropenia, severe congenital neutropenia, neutrophil differentiation, emphysema FFKNIVTPRTPP Amino calpain Muscular dystrophy, necrosis, colon polyp (calcium activated formation, diabetes, cell mobility, cell cycle neutral protease) progression, cancer, long-term potentiation/memory, cell fusion, blood clotting, apoptosis, vascular disease, skeletal muscle protein breakdown (following exercise, during altered nutritional states), Alzheimer's disease, cataract formation. Causes degeneration following myocardial ischemia, cerebral ischemia, traumatic brain injury, and spinal cord injury. Causes cardiac contractile dysfunction following myocardial ischemia OPO3Na2 hydroxyl Alkaline Increased levels when bile ducts are blocked, phosphatases increased levels in children and pregnant women, during bone formation, and in seminomas, polycythemia vera, primary myelofibrosis. Decreased levels in hypophosphatasia, malnutrition, hypothyroidism, anemia, achondroplasia, cretinism, leukemia, Wilson's disease, hemoglobinuria, and following heart surgery. Beta-D-galactoside Hydroxyl B-galactosidase Decreased levels in galactosialidosis and Morquio B activity syndrome. Increased in senescent cells. Ac-RRKY-, Ac-Arg-X-(Lys/Arg)- Amino Furin activity Cancer, juvenile hemochromatosis, viral Arg- pathogenesis, X = any amino acid residue maintenance of immune tolerance z-DEVD Amino Caspase 3/7 Inflammation, apoptosis, sepsis, activity neurodegenerative disease z-LEHD Amino Caspase-9 activity Inflammation, apoptosis, sepsis, neurodegenerative disease GP-, VP- Amino Dipeptidyl Immune regulation, apoptosis, glucose metabolism, peptidase activity cancer, diabetes Suc-LLVY, Z-QEVY- Amino Calpain- and Muscular dystrophy, necrosis, colon polyp chymotrypsin-like formation, diabetes, cell mobility, cell cycle activity progression, cancer, long-term potentiation/memory, cell fusion, blood clotting, apoptosis, vascular disease, skeletal muscle protein breakdown (following exercise, during altered nutritional states), Alzheimer's disease, cataract formation. Causes degeneration following myocardial ischemia, cerebral ischemia, traumatic brain injury, and spinal cord injury. Causes cardiac contractile dysfunction following myocardial ischemia. Inflammation, asthma, bronchitis, lung disease, infections, liver damage, wound repair, cystic fibrosis, food digestion X-LRR- Amino Trypsin-like Cystic fibrosis, renal disease, food digestion, activity pancreatic disease, chronic inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, cancer Z-nLPnLD- Amino Caspase-like Inflammation, apoptosis, sepsis, activity neurodegenerative disease Z-VDVAD- Amino Caspase-2 activity Inflammation, apoptosis, sepsis, neurodegenerative disease, DNA repair, tumor suppression, increased longevity Z-VEID- Amino Caspase-6 activity Inflammation, apoptosis, sepsis, neurodegenerative disease Z-ATAD- Amino Caspase-12 activity Inflammation, apoptosis, sepsis Z-IEPD- Amino Granzyme B Inflammation, apoptosis, sepsis, infection, immune response, Z-IETD- Amino Granzyme B and Inflammation, apoptosis, sepsis, infection, Caspase 6 immune response, neurodegenerative disease Z-TSAVLQ-, Z-VNSTLQ- Amino SARS protease Severe acute respiratory syndrome Z-FR- Amino Cathepsins B/L Cancer, stroke, neurodegeneration, arthritis, ebola, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, chronic peridontitis, ocular disorders, myocardial infarction Boc-VPR- Amino Kallikrein or Cancer, blood pressure regulation, semen thrombin liquefaction, skin desquamation, inflammation, neuronal plasticity, coagulation, autoimmune disease, vasospasm, subarachnoid hemorrhage, cerebral ischemia, stroke, atherosclerosis, apoptosis, angiogenesis Z-GGR-, Amino thrombin Coagulation, autoimmune disease, vasospasm, Z-Leu-Val-Pro-Arg-Gly-Ser subarachnoid hemorrhage, cerebral ischemia, stroke, inflammation, atherosclerosis, apoptosis, angiogenesis Ac-K- Amino trypsin Cystic fibrosis, renal disease, food digestion, pancreatic disease, chronic inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, cancer AAF- Amino aminopeptidase Digestion, kidney disease/disorders, infection, leukemia, lymphoma, liver damage, cancer, cholesterol gallstone disease, angiogenesis, Suc-AAPF- Amino Serine Digestion, kidney disease/disorders, infection, aminopeptidase leukemia, lymphoma, liver damage, cancer, cholesterol gallstone disease, angiogenesis, Z-PRNK- Amino tryptase Mast cell activation, allergic response, anaphylaxis, Amino, hydroxyl N- acetyltransferase 2Cancer, response to xenobiotic ompounds Amino, hydroxyl Monoamine oxidase Psychiatric and neurological disorders, including depression, schizophrenia, Alzheimer's disease, and Parkinson's disease, Amino, hydroxyl Detection of reduced glutathione Inflammation, oxidative stress, detoxification of xenobiotics, immune deficiency, sepsis, burns, HIV/AIDS, hepatitis, myalgic encephalomyelitis chronic fatigue syndrome, cancer, cataracts, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, radiation poisoning, malnutritive states, arduous physical stress, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder major depressive disorder, traumatic brain injury, and aging, Amino, hydroxyl 3A isozymes of the cytochrome P450 enzyme Drug and steroid metabolism, testosterone metabolism Amino, hydroxyl CYP3A activity Drug and steroid metabolism, testosterone metabolism Amino, hydroxyl CYP3A4 and 3A7 isozyme of P450 family Drug and steroid metabolism, testosterone metabolism H (hydrogen) CYP2C9 activity, Drug and steroid metabolism hydroxyl radical Amino, hydroxyl CYP1A1 and CYP1B 1 activityDrug and steroid metabolism, estrogen metabolism hydrooxyl CYP1A2 CYP4A, and CYP2C8 activity Drug and steroid metabolism, estrogen metabolism, arachidonic acid metabolism, fatty acid metabolism Amino, hydroxyl CYP3A7 activity Drug and steroid metabolism, testosterone metabolism Amino, hydroxyl CYP4F and CYP4F3 activity arachidonic acid metabolism, fatty acid metabolism Amino, hydroxyl CYP4F12 activity arachidonic acid metabolism, fatty acid metabolism Amino, hydroxyl CYP4F12 and CYP2J2 activity Drug and steroid metabolism, arachidonic acid metabolism, fatty acid metabolism Amino, hydroxyl Light, esterases Amino, hydroxyl Beta-lactamase activity bacteria levels/activity, bacterial resistance Amino, hydroxyl Monoamine oxidase Psychiatric and neurological disorders, including depression, schizophrenia, Alzheimer's disease, and Parkinson's disease, Amino, hydroxyl Monoamine oxidase Psychiatric and neurological disorders, including depression, schizophrenia, Alzheimer's disease, and Parkinson's disease, Amino, hydroxyl Monoamine oxidase Psychiatric and neurological disorders, including depression, schizophrenia, Alzheimer's disease, and Parkinson's disease Amino, hydroxyl Flavin-containing monooxygenase Metabolism of xenobiotics, trimethylaminuria, redox cycling of glutathione Amino, hydroxyl Glutathione S- transferase Xenobiotic metabolism, drug metabolism, metabolism of endogenous compounds, cancer, DNA damage, kidney damage, Amino, hydroxyl Alkaline phosphatases Increased levels when bile ducts are blocked, increased levels in children and pregnant women, during bone formation, and in seminomas, polycythemia vera, primary myelofibrosis. Decreased levels in hypophosphatasia, malnutrition, hypothyroidism, anemia, achondroplasia, cretinism, leukemia, Wilson's disease, hemoglobinuria, and following heart surgery. Amino, hydroxyl CYP3A4 activity, other P450 enzymes Drug and steroid metabolism, testosterone metabolism, arachidonic acid metabolism, fatty acid metabolism, steroid biosynthesis, cholesterol biosynthesis Replacement of carboxyl group on D-cysteine Alcohol dehydrogenase Alcohol metabolism, drug and alcohol dependence, Parkinson's disease, retinoid and dopamine metabolism, liver disease, hepatitis Boc-Orn(Ac)O—, Boc-Lys(Ac)- Hydroxyl, amino Histone Psychiatric and neurological disorders, cancer, HN— deacetylase chronic myeloid leukemia, schizophrenia, cell growth and death, neurodegenerative diseases, HIV, inflammation, polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, myelofibrosis, heart disease, and myocardial infarction Z-KKR- Amino B-secretase Alzheimer's disease, down syndrome SEVNLDAEFR-HN— AAF-HN— Amino Proteases Food digestion, blood clotting, apoptosis, immune response, inflammation, infection, bacterial and viral pathogenesis and virulence, hormone regulation, cell regulation and differentiation, extracelluar matrix remodeling, atherosclerosis, emphysema Z-FR-HN— Amino Cathepsin B, L Cancer, stroke, neurodegeneration, arthritis, ebola, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, chronic peridontitis, ocular disorders, myocardial infarction Z-GGR-HN— Amino Thrombin assay Coagulation, autoimmune disease, vasospasm, Z-GPR-HN— subarachnoid hemorrhage, cerebral ischemia, stroke, inflammation, atherosclerosis, apoptosis, angiogenesis Z-1EPD-HN— Amino Cytotoxic Cancer, inflammation, apoptosis, sepsis, response CTL, infection, immune response, hepatitis B, Granzyme B arthritis N-acetyl-2,3-dihydroluciferin HRP substrate D-cysteine-CO2-amino acid, D- carboxyl Mycoplasma Food digestion, post-translational modification, cysteine-CO2-peptide carboxypeptidase biosynthesis of neuroendocrine peptides (e.g. insulin), diabetes, blood clotting, growth factor production, wound healing, reproduction, Hydroxyl, amino Reactive oxygen species (hydroxyl radical, peroxynitrite, hypochlorite) Inflammation, ageing, neurodegenerative disease, cardiovascular disease, diabetes, cancer Hydroxyl, amino Hydrogen peroxide Inflammation, ageing, neurodegenerative disease, cardiovascular disease, diabetes, cancer - In certain embodiments, the protecting group for amino group or hydroxyl group on the bicyclic reactant can be or can comprise a cleavable linker group that provides for release of the bicyclic moiety upon reaction. The protecting group can include a reactive group linked to the bicyclic reactant by a cleavable linker. Once the reactive group is removed, the linked can be cleaved.
- As used herein, the term “cleavable linker group” refers to a linker that can be selectively cleaved to produce at least two products. Application of suitable cleavage conditions to a molecule containing a cleavable linker that is cleaved by the cleavage conditions will produce the byproducts. A cleavable linker of the embodiments is stable, e.g. to physiological conditions, until the molecule is contacted with a cleavage-inducing stimulus, such as a cleavage-inducing agent.
- In certain embodiments, in the bicyclic reactant, PGIV can be
- wherein
- R10 and R11 are selected from hydrogen and alkyl; or R10 and R11 together form a boronic ester ring or substituted boronic ester ring;
- A ring is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
- L1 is cleavable linker group that provides for release of the bicyclic reactant upon reaction of the —B(OR1)(OR2) group with a reactive oxygen species.
- Thus, the disclosure provides a compound of formula:
- wherein
- R10 and R11 are selected from hydrogen and alkyl; or R10 and R11 together form a boronic ester ring or substituted boronic ester ring;
- A ring is selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl;
- L1 is cleavable linker group that provides for release of the bicyclic reactant upon reaction of the —B(OR1)(OR2) group with a reactive oxygen species;
- and Q1, R1 and PG1 are defined as herein.
- In certain instances, R10 and R11 can be selected from hydrogen and alkyl; or R10 and R11 together can form a boronic ester ring or substituted boronic ester ring. In certain instances, both R10 and R11 are hydrogen. In certain instances, both R10 and R11 are alkyl, such as, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, and butyl. In certain instances, R10 and R11 together form a boronic ester ring or substituted boronic ester ring. In certain instances, R1 and R2 together form a boronic ester ring. In certain instances, R10 and R11 together form a substituted boronic ester ring. In certain instances, the —B(OR10)(OR11) group is selected from the following:
- In certain embodiments, the A ring can be selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, and substituted heteroaryl. In certain instances, the A ring is aryl. In certain instances, the A ring is substituted aryl. In certain instances, the A ring is phenyl. In certain instances, the A ring is substituted phenyl. In certain instances, the A ring is heteroaryl. In certain instances, the A ring is substituted heteroaryl. In certain instances, the A ring is pyridinyl. In certain instances, the A ring is substituted pyridinyl. The A ring connects the —B(OR10)(OR11) group and L1. The arrangement of these groups on the A ring is at any suitable ring positions that provides for electronic communication between the two groups (e.g., delocalization of a lone pair of electrons from one group to the other). For example, when A is a phenyl ring, arrangement of the —B(OR10)(OR11) group and L1 group either ortho- or para- to each other provides for delocalization of a lone pair of electrons from the site of —B(OR1)(OR11) group oxidation to the cleavable bond of the cleavable linker.
- In certain embodiments, L1 is cleavable linker group that provides for release of a bicyclic reactant upon reaction of the —B(OR1)(OR2) group with a reactive oxygen species, where release of a bicyclic reactant includes cleavage of a cleavable bond to release a leaving group.
- For example, upon reaction (e.g., a hydroboration-oxidation reaction) of the aryl or heteroaryl —B(OR1)(OR2) group with a reactive oxygen species (e.g., H2O2), the cleavable bond of the cleavable linking group L1 is spontaneously cleaved to release the leaving group and a bicyclic reactant. The cleavable bond connects the leaving group to an adjacent carbon atom that is conjugated to the aryl boronate group that is oxidized. A cascade occurs in which an electron pair is donated from the site of oxidation through the aryl or heteroaryl group to the carbon atom adjacent to the leaving group of the linker, thereby cleaving the cleavable bond. The L1 linker group provides for release of a bicyclic reactant by fragmentation or cleavage of the linker with the donation of the electron pair. The L1 linker group comprises segments of atoms, in which the segments can be displaced into two byproducts after a cleavage-inducing stimulus (e.g., reaction of the —B(OR1)(OR2) group with a reactive oxygen species).
- The L1 linker group can include one or more groups such as, but not limited to, alkyl, ether, carbamate, carbonate, carbamide (urea), ester, thioester, aryl, amide, imines, phosphate esters, hydrazones, acetals, orthoesters, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the L1 linker group is described the following structure:
- where X is a leaving group and L2 is a linking group, wherein the bond that connects X to the adjacent —CH2— group (e.g., CH2—X) is a cleavable bond. In some embodiments X is oxygen or sulfur. In some embodiments, the leaving group is a carbamate, a carbonate, a thiol, an alcohol, an amino (e.g., an aryl amino) or a phenol group.
- In certain embodiments, the linking group L2 is a covalent bond or a chain of between 1 and 12 atoms in length (e.g., between 1 and 10, 1 and 8, 1 and 6 or 1 and 4 atoms in length). In some cases, L2 is a chain of between 1 and 12 atoms in length that further includes a second leaving group adjacent to the bicyclic reactant (e.g., L2 has a structure L3-X2 where L3 is a linking group and X2 is the second leaving group, e.g., O, NH or NR where R is an alkyl), such that upon cleavage of the cleavable bond (CH2—X), a moiety is released (e.g., HX-L3-X2-Q1) that includes both the first leaving group (X), L3-X2 and the bicyclic reactant. In such cases, the released moiety (e.g., HX-L3-X2-Q1) may undergo further cleavage or fragmentation (e.g., via an intramolecular cyclization-release) to release HX -Q1. In some embodiments, L2 is a covalent bond, such that upon cleavage of the cleavable bond (CH2—X), a moiety is released (e.g., HX-Q1) that includes both the leaving group and the bicyclic reactant. When referring to the bicyclic moiety that is released, it is understood that the leaving group and segments of the linker may be attached to the released bicyclic moiety being described. It is understood that in any of the embodiments described herein that upon cleavage of the cleavable bond of the linker, a bicyclic moiety is released that may undergo further cleavage/fragmentation (e.g., via an intramolecular cyclization-release).
- In certain instances, the -L1-Q1-group is selected from the following:
- where R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl or alkoxy, where optionally R5 may be covalently connected to the bicyclic reactant (e.g., to form a fused ring system).
- In certain embodiments, the disclosure provides a method for detection of a biological process or biomolecule in a test subject, the method comprising contacting test subject with a compound of any of Formula I-V and a compound of Formula VI. The method can further comprise monitoring the test subject for luminescence, wherein luminescence indicates the presence of the biological process or biomolecule. In certain embodiments, more than one biological process or biomolecule in a test subject can be monitored. For example, orthogonal protecting groups can be used in the compounds for the condensation reaction and luciferin-unmasking reaction in a manner to allow for monitoring of more than one biological process or biomolecule in a test subject. In certain embodiments, the biological process is any one of the conditions/pathnologies in Table 2 above. In certain embodiments, the biological process is cancer, a cardiovascular disorder, diabetes, or a neurodegenerative disease. In certain embodiments, the biological process is an inflammatory response. In certain embodiments, the biomolecule detected is any one of the biomolecules in Table 2 above. In specific embodiments, the biomolecule is caspase-8 and/or H2O2.
- The present disclosure provides compositions, including pharmaceutical compositions, comprising a subject compound. Compositions comprising a subject compound can include one or more of: a salt, e.g., NaCl, MgCl2, KCl, MgSO4, etc.; a buffering agent, e.g., a Tris buffer, N-(2-Hydroxyethyl)piperazine-N′-(2-ethanesulfonic acid) (HEPES), 2-(N-Morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid (MES), 2-(N-Morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid sodium salt (MES), 3-(N-Morpholino)propanesulfonic acid (MOPS), N-tris[Hydroxymethyl]methyl-3-aminopropanesulfonic acid (TAPS), etc.; a solubilizing agent; a detergent, e.g., a non-ionic detergent such as Tween-20, etc.; a membrane penetration facilitator; and the like.
- The present disclosure provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a subject compound. A subject compound can be formulated with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. A wide variety of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are known in the art and need not be discussed in detail herein. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients have been amply described in a variety of publications, including, for example, A. Gennaro (2000) “Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy,” 20th edition, Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins; Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems (1999) H. C. Ansel et al., eds., 7th ed., Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients (2000) A. H. Kibbe et al., eds., 3rd ed. Amer. Pharmaceutical Assoc.
- The pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, such as vehicles, adjuvants, carriers or diluents, are readily available to the public. Moreover, pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances, such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, stabilizers, wetting agents and the like, are readily available to the public.
- A subject compound can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions by combination with appropriate, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents, and may be formulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, liquid or gaseous forms, such as tablets, capsules, powders, granules, ointments, solutions, suppositories, injections, inhalants and aerosols.
- Suitable excipient vehicles are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, or the like, and combinations thereof. In addition, if desired, the vehicle may contain minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents or pH buffering agents. Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 17th edition, 1985. In some cases, a suitable excipient is dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). In other cases, DMSO is specifically excluded.
- For oral preparations, a subject compound can be used alone or in combination with appropriate additives to make tablets, powders, granules or capsules, for example, with conventional additives, such as lactose, mannitol, corn starch or potato starch; with binders, such as crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acacia, corn starch or gelatins; with disintegrators, such as corn starch, potato starch or sodium carboxymethylcellulose; with lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate; and if desired, with diluents, buffering agents, moistening agents, preservatives and flavoring agents.
- A subject compound can be formulated into preparations for injection by dissolving, suspending or emulsifying them in an aqueous or nonaqueous solvent, such as vegetable or other similar oils, synthetic aliphatic acid glycerides, esters of higher aliphatic acids or propylene glycol; and if desired, with conventional additives such as solubilizers, isotonic agents, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, stabilizers and preservatives.
- A subject compound can be utilized in aerosol formulation to be administered via inhalation. A subject compound can be formulated into pressurized acceptable propellants such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen and the like.
- Furthermore, a subject compound can be made into suppositories by mixing with a variety of bases such as emulsifying bases or water-soluble bases. A subject compound can be administered rectally via a suppository. The suppository can include vehicles such as cocoa butter, carbowaxes and polyethylene glycol monomethyl ethers, which melt at body temperature, yet are solidified at room temperature.
- A subject compound, and a subject composition, finds use in various applications. A subject compound can be used in various diagnostic and detection methods.
- The present disclosure provides a method of detecting certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions in a living cell in vitro. In some embodiments, a subject detection method involves contacting subject compounds with a living cell in vitro, e.g., a subject compound is contacted with cells growing in suspension (e.g., as unicellular entities) or as a monolayer in in vitro cell culture; and detecting a signal generated by reactions of the subject compounds. The cells can be primary cells, non-transformed cells, cells isolated from an individual, immortalized cell lines, transformed cells, etc.
- Non-limiting examples of cells are cells of multicellular organisms, e.g., cells of invertebrates and vertebrates, such as myoblasts, neutrophils, erythrocytes, osteoblasts, chondrocytes, basophils, eosinophils, adipocytes, invertebrate neurons (e.g., Helix aspera), vertebrate neurons, mammalian neurons, adrenomedullary cells, melanocytes, epithelial cells, and endothelial cells; tumor cells of all types (e.g., melanoma, myeloid leukemia, carcinomas of the lung, breast, ovaries, colon, kidney, prostate, pancreas and testes); cardiomyocytes, endothelial cells, lymphocytes (T-cell and B cell), mast cells, vascular intimal cells, hepatocytes, leukocytes including mononuclear leukocytes; stem cells such as hematopoietic stem cells, neural, skin, lung, kidney, liver and myocyte stem cells; osteoclasts, connective tissue cells, keratinocytes, melanocytes, hepatocytes, and kidney cells.
- Suitable mammalian cell lines include human cell lines, non-human primate cell lines, rodent (e.g., mouse, rat) cell lines, and the like. Suitable mammalian cell lines include, but are not limited to, HeLa cells (e.g., American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) No. CCL-2), CHO cells (e.g., ATCC Nos. CRL9618, CCL61, CRL9096), 293 cells (e.g., ATCC No. CRL-1573), Vero cells, NIH 3T3 cells (e.g., ATCC No. CRL-1658), Huh-7 cells, BHK cells (e.g., ATCC No. CCL10), PC12 cells (ATCC No. CRL1721), COS cells, COS-7 cells (ATCC No. CRL1651), RAT1 cells, mouse L cells (ATCC No. CCLI.3), human embryonic kidney (HEK) cells (ATCC No. CRL1573), HLHepG2 cells, and the like.
- Suitable methods of detecting a signal generated by reaction of subject compounds in a living cell in vitro include, e.g., microscopy, fluorescence activated cell sorting, spectroscopy (e.g., a multi-well plate reader that detects luminescence), luminometers, photomultiplier tubes, a charged-coupled device (CCD) camera; a cooled CCD camera, and the like.
- The present disclosure provides a method of detecting certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions in a living cell in vivo, e.g., in a living multicellular organism. In some embodiments, the method involves administering a compound of the embodiments (or a composition comprising a compound of the embodiments) to a multicellular organism (e.g., an individual such as a mammal); and detecting a signal generated by reaction of the subject compounds in a cell of the multicellular organism (e.g., in a cell of the individual). A subject detection method can also be carried out ex vivo, e.g., where a tissue or cells are taken from an individual and imaged.
- The present disclosure also provides a method of detecting certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions in a multicellular organism. In some embodiments, the method involves administering a compound of the embodiments (or a composition comprising a compound of the embodiments) to a multicellular organism (e.g., an individual such as a mammal); and detecting a signal generated by reaction of the subject compounds in the multicellular organism. In certain embodiments, the certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions can be present in an extracellular fluid (e.g., cerebrospinal fluid, lymph, plasma, and the like) or other extracellular environment.
- Suitable methods of detecting a signal generated by reaction of subject compounds in a living cell in vitro include, e.g., microscopy, fluorescence activated cell sorting, spectroscopy (e.g., a multi-well plate reader that detects luminescence), luminometers, photomultiplier tubes, and the like. Suitable methods of detecting a signal generated by reaction of subject compounds in a living cell in vivo include, e.g., use of a charged-coupled device (CCD) camera; a cooled CCD camera; or any other device capable of bioluminescent imaging. Use of a CCD camera can allow three-dimensional imaging.
- A subject detection method can be used to detect certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions in a cell (e.g., a single cell in vitro; or a cell in a multicellular organism; or in a fluid in a multicellular organism) over time. For example, the certain biomolecules or certain biological processes is detected at a first time and at a second time; and the levels of the certain biomolecules or certain biological processes detected at the first and second times are compared. In some embodiments, the first time is before treatment with an agent (e.g., a therapeutic agent); and the second time is after treatment with an agent. In these embodiments, the level of the certain biomolecules or certain biological processes can be used to determine the effect of treatment of an individual with the agent. In other embodiments, the first time is at a first age of a multicellular organism; and the second time is at a second age of the multicellular organism. In these embodiments, the change in level of the certain biomolecules or certain biological processes with age can be monitored.
- A subject compound can be used to determine the effect that an agent has on the level of the certain biomolecules or certain biological processes in a cell and/or cells (e.g., a single cell in vitro; or a cell in a multicellular organism; or in a fluid in a multicellular organism). Agents that can be tested for an effect on the level of the certain biomolecules or certain biological processes in a cell include, but are not limited to, therapeutic agents; growth factors; neurotransmitters; anesthetics; hormones; metal ions; receptor agonists; receptor antagonists; and any other agent that can be administered to cells and/or multi-cellular organisms.
- A subject compound can be administered to an individual via any number of modes and routes of administration. In some embodiments, a subject compound is administered systemically (e.g., via intravenous injection; via oral administration; via intraperitoneal injection etc.). In other embodiments, a subject compound is administered locally. A subject compound can be administered intravenously, intratumorally, peritumorally, orally, topically, subcutaneously, via intraocular injection, rectally, vaginally, or any other enteral or parenteral route of administration.
- The present disclosure provides a method of detecting certain biomolecules or certain biological processes or changes in biological conditions in a cell-free sample in vitro. In some embodiments, a subject detection method involves contacting a subject compound with a cell-free sample in vitro; and detecting a signal generated by reaction of the subject compounds in the cell-free sample. In some embodiments, the cell-free sample is a biological sample.
- The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how to make and use the present invention, and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention nor are they intended to represent that the experiments below are all or the only experiments performed. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers used (e.g. amounts, temperature, etc.) but some experimental errors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, molecular weight is weight average molecular weight, temperature is in degrees Celsius, and pressure is at or near atmospheric. Standard abbreviations may be used, e.g., bp, base pair(s); kb, kilobase(s); pl, picoliter(s); s or sec, second(s); min, minute(s); h or hr, hour(s); aa, amino acid(s); kb, kilobase(s); bp, base pair(s); nt, nucleotide(s); i.m., intramuscular(ly); i.p., intraperitoneal(ly); s.c., subcutaneous(ly); and the like.
- Syntheses of CBT Derivatives and Aminothiol Derivatives
-
Compound 1 was synthesized using a method modified from the literature (Yao H S, Min-kyung; Rao, Jianghong (2007) A bioluminogenic Substrate for In Vivo Imaging of beta-Lactamase Activity. Angew Chem Int Ed 46:7031-7034). Pyridine hydrochloride (1.0 g, 8.65 mmol) and 2-cyano-6-methoxybenzothiazole,Compound 2, (0.5 g, 2.63 mmol) were added to a 5 mL microwave flask with a stirbar. Nitrogen gas (N2) was added to the reaction vessel immediately before it was shut. The flask was heated to 200° C. using a power level of 150 W for 40 minutes in a Biotage microwave synthesizer. The reaction was stirred at 600 rpm. The reaction mixture was cooled and neutralized with sodium bicarbonate. During neutralization, the crude product precipitated from the solution as a yellow solid. The precipitate was filtered, and the filtrate was washed three times with ethyl acetate (EtOAc). Combination of the crude product from the EtOAc washes and the yellow precipitate and purification on a silica column (70:30 hexanes: EtOAc, dry loaded) yielded 408.7 mg (88%) of the pure product. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.13 (1H, dd, J=9 Hz), 7.36 (1H, d, J=2.1 Hz), 7.95 (1H, d, J=9 Hz). LRESI-MS: calculated for [C8H4N2OS] 176.0, found 176.1. - 2-Cyano-6-hydroxybenzothiazole (300 mg, 1.7 mmol) and 4-(bromomethyl)benzeneboronic acid pinacol ester (505.7 mg, 1.7 mmol) were dissolved in 30 mL dry DMF prior to the addition of cesium carbonate (610.25 mg, 1.87 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 45-50 minutes before it was allowed to cool to room temperature. 100 mL EtOAc was added to the reaction mixture, and the organic phase was washed three times with deionized water (DI H2O). The aqueous layers were combined and washed three times with EtOAc. All of the organic layers were combined, washed twice with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The crude material was purified on a silica column (90:10 hexanes:ethyl acetate, dry loaded) to give 547.4 mg (82%) of the pure product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.36 (1H, s), 5.21 (2H, s), 7.32 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.40 (1H, s), 7.45 (2H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.86 (2H, d, J=7.2 Hz), 8.09 (1H, d, J=9.2 Hz). LRESI-MS: calculated for [C21H22BN2O3S]+ 393.1, found 393.1.
- 2-Cyano-6-hydroxybenzothiazole (2) (150 mg, 0.85 mmol, 1.1 equiv.) and 4-(hydroxymethyl)benzeneboronic acid (5) (166 mg, 0.77 mmol, 1 equiv.) were dissolved in 15 mL dry dimethylformamide (DMF) prior to the addition of cesium carbonate (277 mg, 0.85 mmol, 1 equiv.). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 45-50 minutes before it was allowed to cool to room temperature. 100 mL EtOAc was added to the reaction mixture, and the organic phase was washed three times with DI H2O. The aqueous layers were combined and washed three times with EtOAc. All of the organic layers were combined, washed twice with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The crude material was purified on a silica column (90:10 EtOAc:methanol, dry loaded) to give 225 mg (94%) of the pure product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-Acetone): δ 5.33 (2H, s), 7.23 (2H, s), 7.45 (1H, dd, J=9.0, 2.6 Hz), 7.52 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.93 (3H, m), 8.16 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz).
-
Compound 7 was synthesized according to procedures presented in the literature. (Katz L (1951) Antituberculous compounds: 2-benzalhydrazinobenzothiazoles. J Am Chem Soc 73:4007) and (White E H, Worther H, Seliger H H, McElroy W D (1966) Amino analogs of firefly luciferin and biological activity thereof. J Am Chem Soc 88:2015). - A flask containing toluene (3.3 mL) was charged with 7 (55 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1 equiv), DMAP (76 mg, 0.62 mmol, 2 equiv), and triphosgene (93 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1 equiv). The flask was heated at 120° C. for three hours before being cooled to room temperature. Compound 8 (77 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.05 equiv) and DMAP (38 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1 equiv) were added to the reaction vessel prior to addition of 6 mL dry dichloromethane. The flask was heated to 50° C. for 3 hours before being cooled room temperature. The solvent was removed under vacuum, and the product was purified with flash column chromatography using hexanes:EtOAc (80:20). After purification, 59 mg (43%) of the pure product was obtained. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 8.43 (1H, s), 8.08 (1H, d, J=9.0 Hz), 7.82 (2H, d, J=8.1 Hz), 7.39 (2H, d, J=8.1 Hz), 7.33 (1H, dd, J1=2 9.0 Hz, J2=2.1 Hz), 7.13 (1H, s), 5.24 (2H, s), 1.39 (12H, s). ESI-LC/MSD: calculated for [M+] 435.1, found 434.7.
- Compound 9 (61 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in N2-sparged tetrahydrofuran (THF, 10 mL) prior to addition of concentrated HCl (0.8 mL) and N2-sparged deionized water (8 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for one hour prior to the addition of an additional 8 mL DI H2O. After 15 min, the THF was removed under vacuum, and the precipitate that formed was collected via filtration and rinsed with DI H2O. To remove residual starting material, the crude product was precipitated from diethyl ether to yield 49 mg (73%) of a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-Acetone): δ 5.27 (2H, s), 7.22 (2H, s), 7.45 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.80 (1H, dd, J=9.4, 2.2 Hz), 7.92 (2H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 8.17 (1H, d, J=9.6 Hz), 8.63 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
- Compound 11 was synthesized according to previously reported procedures (Akhavan-Tafti H, Eickholt R A, Lauwers K S, Handley R S (2005) Signalling compounds for use in methods of detecting hydrogen peroxide; and U.S. Pat. No. 6,919,463 B2).
- (2-cyanobenzo[d]thiazol-6-yl)boronic acid (12). Compound 11 (50 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in N2-sparged tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) prior to addition of concentrated HCl (0.2 mL) and N2-sparged deionized water (4 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for one hour prior to the addition of an additional 6 mL DI H2O. After 15 min, the THF was removed under vacuum, and the precipitate that formed was collected via filtration and rinsed with DI H2O. To remove residual starting material, the crude product was dissolved in acetone, which did not dissolve the starting material. The precipitate was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated to give the product. The product was purified further by washing with a mixture of hexanes and diethyl ether to yield 6.8 mg (20%) of a light yellow powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-Acetone): δ 7.59 (2H, s), 8.21 (2H, m), 8.72 (1H, s).
- Compound 13 was prepared by the HHMI Mass Spectrometry Laboratory at the University of California, Berkeley. The compound was purified on a silica column (80:20 cyclohexane:EtOAc—100% EtOAc, then 95:5 Acetone:MeOH) to yield 11.9 mg of the pure product. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 1.20 (6H, m), 1.55 (3H, m), 1.83 (2H, m), 2.04 (2H, m), 2.20 (2H, m), 2.29 (1H, m), 2.47 (2H, m), 2.85 (1H, m), 2.95 (2H, m), 3.68 (6H, d, J=9.0 Hz), 4.00 (1H, m), 4.23 (1H, m), 4.32 (1H, m), 4.50 (2H, m), 5.12 (2H, s), 7.36 (5H, m). LRESI-MS: calculated for [M]+742.3, found 742.3. HRESI-MS: calculated for [M]+ 742.29, found 742.29615.
-
- Lipopolysaccharide injections can be used in mice to mimic septic shock, which will result in hydrogen peroxide production and an increase in caspase-8 activity. The hydrogen peroxide can be detected with a protected cyanobenzothiazole and caspase-8 activity can be detected using a short peptide. If both hydrogen peroxide and caspase-8 are present, signal will be produced via the formation of firefly luciferin.
- Synthetic Materials and Methods.
- Scheme 1 shows the synthesis of peroxy caged luciferein-2 (PCL-2, 4-((2-Cyanobenzo[d]thiazol-6-yloxy)methyl)phenylboronic acid):
-
Compound 3 ofScheme 1 was synthesized according to literature procedures. See, e.g., Van de Bittner et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (2010) 107, 21316-21321. Chemicals were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.), EMD Chemicals Inc. (Gibbstown, N.J.), Alfa Aesar (Ward Hill, Mass.), and Thermo Fisher Scientific (Waltham, Mass.) and were used as received. Column chromatography was performed using SiliaFlash P60 silica gel (40-63 microns) from Silicycle (Quebec, Canada). Analytical thin layer chromatography was performed using glass-backed SiO2 TLC plates from Silicycle. NMR spectra were obtained in deuterated solvents from Cambridge Isotope Laboratories (Cambridge, Mass.) on a Bruker AV-400 spectrometer at the College of Chemistry NMR Facility at the University of California, Berkeley. All chemical shifts are reported in the standard δ notation of parts per million using the peaks of residual proton and carbon signals of the solvent as internal references. Low resolution Electrospray Ionization (ESI) mass spectral analyses were performed on an Agilent 6100 series single quad LC/MS system or an Agilent 7890A GC system with a 5975C inert MSD with a triple-axis detector. - 6-Hydroxy-2-cyanobenzothiazole (3) (150 mg, 0.85 mmol, 1.1 equiv) and 4-(hydroxymethyl)benzeneboronic acid (4) (166 mg, 0.77 mmol, 1.0 equiv) were dissolved in 15 mL dry N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) prior to the addition of cesium carbonate (277 mg, 0.85 mmol, 1.0 equiv). The mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 45-50 min before it was allowed to cool to room temperature. Ethyl acetate (EtOAc, 100 mL) was added to the reaction, and the organic phase was washed with deionized H2O (3×50 mL). The aqueous layers were combined and back extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). All of the organic layers were combined, washed twice with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified on a silica column (90:10 EtOAc:methanol, dry loaded) to give 225 mg (94%) of the pure product as a white powder. 1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-Acetone): δ 5.33 (2H, s), 7.23 (2H, s), 7.45 (1H, dd, J=9.0, 2.6 Hz), 7.52 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.91-7.94 (3H, m), 8.16 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz). LRMS (m/z): [M]+ calcd. for C15H12BN2O3S, 311.1; found, 311.1.
- Kinetic Analysis.
- H2O2 (1, 2.5, or 5 mM) was added to PCL-2 (10 μM) in Tris buffer (pH 8.5) and absorbance measurements were recorded every 15-30 seconds over 5-20 minutes to determine the second order rate constant for the reaction. Measurements were taken at pH 8.5 to distinguish the HCBT peak, which shifts from 321 nm to 379 nm when it is deprotonated, from the PCL-2 peak (321 nm).
- Bioluminescent Assays.
- Millipore water was used to prepare all aqueous solutions. Luciferase (100 μg/mL) in 50 mM Tris buffer, pH 7.4, with 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM ZnCl2, and 2 mM ATP was added to selectivity assay samples (described below) to determine the relative amount of luciferin formed during incubation. Measurements for bioluminescent assays were performed at 37° C. and were recorded using a Molecular Devices SpectraMax M2 plate reader (Sunnyvale, Calif.). Samples for bioluminescent measurements were placed in white, opaque 96-well plates, which were purchased from Corning Inc. (Corning, N.Y.). ATP was purchased from MP Biomedicals (Solon, Ohio) or Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.), and luciferase was purchased from Promega (Madison, Wis.). Caspase enzymes were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.), and caspase inhibitors were purchased from MP Biomedicals (Solon, Ohio).
- Standard Curve for Luciferin Bioluminescence.
- Luciferin (0.5-10 μM) was incubated in 100 μL Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) for 60 min prior to addition of 100 μL of a Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) containing luciferase (100 μg/mL), 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM ZnCl2, and 2 mM ATP. Following addition of the luciferase-containing solution the bioluminescent signal was detected.
- In Situ Luciferin Formation from HCBT and D-Cysteine.
- HCBT (2.5-25 μM) was incubated with D-cysteine (2.5-25 μM) in 100 μL Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) for 60 min prior to addition of 100 μL of a Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) containing luciferase (100 μg/mL), 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM ZnCl2, and 2 mM ATP. Following addition of the luciferase-containing solution the bioluminescent signal was detected.
- Selectivity Assays for PCL-2.
- Various ROS (100 μM) were administered to PCL-2 or HCBT (5 μM) in Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) with or without 10 mM MgCl2 and 0.1 mM ZnCl2. Hydrogen peroxide (H2O2), tert-butyl hydroperoxide (TBHP), and hypochlorite (−OCl) were delivered from 10 mM stock solutions prepared using 30%, 70%, and 6.15% aqueous solutions, respectively. Hydroxyl radical (OH) and tert-butoxy radical (*OtBu) were generated by reaction of 1 mM FeCl2 with 100 μM H2O2 or TBHP, respectively. Nitric oxide (NO) was delivered using PROLI NONOate, and superoxide (O2) was delivered from a 10 mM stock solution of KO2 in DMSO. Experiments with H2O2 and catalase were performed with 100 μM H2O2 and 0.4 mg/mL catalase. After each ROS was incubated with PCL-2 for 5, 20, 40, or 60 min or HCBT for 60 min, dithiothreitol (1 mM) and D-cysteine (20 μM) were added. For solutions with Fe2+, EDTA (1 mM) was added prior to D-cysteine to chelate the iron. After an additional 15 min incubation, 100 μL of a Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) containing luciferase (100 μg/mL), 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM ZnCl2, and 2 mM ATP was added to 100 μL of the PCL-2 or HCBT solutions and the bioluminescent signal was detected.
- Concentration Dependence of PCL-2.
- PCL-2 was incubated in Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) with various concentrations of H2O2 for 60 min prior to the addition of catalase (0.4 mg/mL), dithiothreitol (1 mM) and D-cysteine (20 μM). After an additional 15 min incubation, 100 μL of a Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) containing luciferase (100 μg/mL), 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM ZnCl2, and 2 mM ATP was added to 100 μL of the PCL-2 solutions and the bioluminescent signal was detected.
- Selectivity Assays for IETDC (Carboxylic Acid).
- For determination of caspase selectivity, various caspases (3 and 8:1 unit, 9:0.001 unit) were administered to IETDC or D-cysteine (5 μM) in Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4). A caspase buffer (10% sucrose containing 20 mM Tris-HCl, 150 mM imidazole-HCl, 20 mM 2-mercaptoethanol, 500 mM NaCl, 2.5 mM EDTA, and 0.1% CHAPS, pH 8.0) was also added with the caspase enzymes to a total volume (enzyme+buffer) of 5 μL. Additionally, dithiothreitol (1 mM) and HCBT (5 μM) were added to each solution for luciferin formation. For experiments with caspase inhibition, a pan-caspase inhibitor, Q-VD-OPh (10 μM), was added to the Tris buffer and incubated with
caspase 8 for 15 min prior to delivery of IETDC, DTT, and HCBT. After each enzyme was incubated with IETDC or D-cysteine for 60 min, 100 μL of a Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) containing luciferase (100 μg/mL), 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM ZnCl2, and 2 mM ATP was added to 100 μL of the IETDC or D-cysteine solutions and the bioluminescent signal was detected. - Selectivity Assays for Dual H2O2 and
Caspase 8 Detection. - To demonstrate dual imaging of H2O2 and
caspase 8 in vitro, H2O2 (250 μM) was first added to a solution of PCL-2 (10 μM) or HCBT (5 μM) in Tris buffer (50 mM). To quench H2O2 immediately, catalase (1 unit) was subsequently added to some of the solutions. After 60 min, catalase (1 unit) was added to all other solutions containing H2O2 to quench any remaining H2O2. Subsequently, caspase 8 (1 unit) was added to the solutions in the presence or absence of the caspase inhibitor, Q-VD-OPh (10 μM), 15 min prior to IETDC (10 μM) or D-cysteine (5 μM) addition. Following IETDC or D-cysteine addition, the solutions were incubated for 60 min. Additionally, dithiothreitol (1 mM) was added to all solutions at the time ofcaspase 8 addition to maintain the reduced state of the D-cysteine. To monitor luciferin formation, 100 μL of a Tris buffer (50 mM, pH 7.4) containing luciferase (100 μg/mL), 10 mM MgCl2, 0.1 mM ZnCl2, and 2 mM ATP was added to 100 μL of the PCL-2/IETDC or HCBT/D-cysteine solutions and the bioluminescent signal was detected. - Cellular Assays.
- A Xenogen IVIS Spectrum instrument (Caliper Life Sciences, Hopkinton, Mass.) was used for bioluminescent imaging in all cellular experiments. PC3M-luc cells (kindly provided by Chris Contag, Stanford University) were cultured in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium (DMEM) containing 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS). Prior to assaying, cells were passed and plated (1.3-1.5×104 cells/well) in black 96-well plates with clear bottoms (Becton Dickinson and Company, Franklin Lakes, N.J.). Once the cells were ca. 95% confluent, reagents were added for bioluminescent assays.
- Comparison of In Situ Luciferin Formation and Luciferin in PC3M-Luc Cells.
- PC3M-luc cells prepared as described above were washed with HBSS (25 mM glucose) prior to addition of HCBT and D-cysteine (0-500 μM, 1% DMSO) or luciferin (0-500 μM, 1% DMSO) in HBSS (25 mM glucose). For experiments with lysed cells, 100 μL Glo lysis buffer (Promega, Madison, Wis.) was incubated with the PC3M-luc cells for 5 min prior to addition of HCBT and D-cysteine or luciferin. The plates were immediately imaged for 2 h to determine the peak bioluminescent signal produced.
- Determination of Signal Produced from Endogenous L-Cysteine in PC3M-luc Cells.
- PC3M-luc cells prepared as described above were washed with HBSS (25 mM glucose) prior to addition of HCBT and D-cysteine (0-50 μM, 1% DMSO) or HCBT alone (0-50 μM, 1% DMSO) in HBSS (25 mM glucose). The plate was immediately imaged for 2 h to determine the peak bioluminescent signal produced.
- Lifetime of HCBT and D-Cysteine in PC3M-Luc Cells.
- The medium was removed from PC3M-luc cells prepared as described above, and HCBT (100 μM, 1% DMSO) or D-cysteine (100 μM, 1% PBS) in DMEM (—FBS) was added. After a 30 min incubation, the HCBT or D-cysteine was removed, the cells were washed with DMEM (—FBS), and fresh DMEM was added. After 0, 15, 30, 45, or 60 min, the second component of luciferin, D-cysteine (100 μM final concentration, 1% PBS) or HCBT (100 μM final concentration, 1% DMSO) in HBSS (25 mM glucose) was added, and the plate was immediately imaged for 2 h to determine the peak bioluminescent signal produced.
- Concentration Dependence of PCL-2 with PC3M-Luc Cells.
- The medium was removed from PC3M-luc cells prepared as described above, and PCL-2 (25 μM, 2.5% final DMSO concentration), D-cysteine (25 μM), and H2O2 (0-100 μM final concentrations) in DMEM (—FBS) were added. The plate was immediately imaged for 2 h to determine the peak bioluminescent signal produced from PCL-2.
- Animal Experiments.
- A Xenogen IVIS Spectrum instrument (Caliper Life Sciences, Hopkinton, Mass.) was used for bioluminescent imaging in all animal experiments. Mice were anesthetized prior to injection and during imaging via inhalation of isoflurane. Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) was purchased from Thermo Fisher Scientific (Waltham, Mass.), and saline (0.9%) was made from sodium chloride and Millipore water. Isoflurane was purchased from Phoenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (St. Joseph, Mo.), and pharmaceutical grade DMSO was purchased from Sigma-Aldrich (St. Louis, Mo.). Medical grade oxygen was purchased from Praxair (Danbury, Conn.).
- Animals.
- FVB-luc+ (FVB-Tg(CAG-luc,-GFP)L2G85Chco/J) mice were bred at UC Berkeley, and were single or group-housed on a 12:12 light-dark cycle at 22° C. with free access to food and water. All studies were approved and performed according to the guidelines of the Animal Care and Use Committee of the University of California, Berkeley.
- Comparison of In Situ Luciferin Formation and Luciferin in Mice.
- Unshaven, male FVB-luc+ mice were anesthetized with isoflurane and injected IP with D-cysteine (0.05 or 0.5 μmol, in 20 μL of PBS) or vehicle (20 μL PBS). After 2 min, mice were injected IP with HCBT (0.05 or 0.5 μmol in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) or luciferin (0.05 μmol in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS). Following injections, mice were imaged with an IVIS Spectrum.
- Determination of Signal Produced from Endogenous L-Cysteine in Mice.
- Unshaven, male FVB-luc+ mice were anesthetized with isoflurane and injected IP with D-cysteine (0.05 μmol, in 20 μL of PBS) or vehicle (20 μL PBS). After 2 min, mice were injected IP with HCBT (0.05 μmol in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS). Following injections, mice were imaged with an IVIS Spectrum.
- Exogenous H2O2 Experiments in Mice.
- Unshaven, male FVB-luc+ mice were anesthetized with isoflurane and injected IP with a mixture of PCL-2 and D-cysteine (0.05 μmol each, in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS), followed immediately by an IP injection of H2O2 (0-4.5 μmol in 100 μL of PBS). Control mice were injected IP with a mixture of HCBT and D-cysteine (0.01 μmol each, in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) immediately prior to H2O2 (4.5 μmol in 100 μL of PBS). Following injections, mice were imaged with an IVIS Spectrum.
- Antioxidant Experiments in Mice.
- Unshaven, male FVB-luc+ mice, were anesthetized with isoflurane and injected IP with NAC (10 mg/kg in 25 μL of PBS, pH 7-8) or PBS (25 μL). After 2 min, the mice were injected IP with a mixture of PCL-2 and D-cysteine (0.05 μmol each, in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) immediately prior to IP injection of H2O2 (1.5 μmol in 75 μL of PBS). Firefly luciferin control mice were injected IP with NAC (10 mg/kg in 100 μL of PBS, pH 7-8) or PBS (100 μL) immediately following IP injection of a mixture of HCBT and D-cysteine (0.01 μmol each, in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS). Following injections, mice were imaged with an IVIS Spectrum.
- Lipopolysaccharide Inflammation Model.
- Unshaven, female FVB-luc+ mice, aged 2-5 months, were anesthetized with isoflurane and injected IP with lipopolysaccharides (LPS, 3 mg/kg in 50 μL of saline) or saline (50 μL). For studies with PCL-2 alone, mice were injected IP with either apocynin (10 mg/kg in 20 μL of DMSO) or DMSO (20 μL) 6 h after LPS injection. Two minutes after this injection, mice were injected IP with a mixture of PCL-2 and D-cysteine (0.05 μmol each, in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) and imaged. For studies with IETDC alone, mice were injected IP with either z-VD(OMe)-OPh (1 μmol in 20 μL of DMSO) or DMSO (20 μL) 5.5 h after LPS injection. Thirty minutes after z-VD(OMe)-OPh or vehicle injection, mice were injected IP with a mixture of IETDC and HCBT (0.05 μmol each, in 50 μL of 1:1 DMSO:PBS) and imaged.
- For studies with PCL-2 and IETDC, mice were injected IP with ascorbic acid (200 mg/kg in 30 μL of saline) or the saline vehicle (30 μL) 30 min prior to IP injection of LPS (3 mg/kg in 50 μL of saline) or saline (50 μL). Two hours after injection of LPS, z-VD(OMe)-OPh (1 μmol in 20 μL of DMSO) or the vehicle, DMSO (20 μL), was injected IP. Two hours later, mice were injected IP with a mixture of PCL-2 and IETDC (0.05 μmol each, in 50 μL of 7:3 DMSO:PBS) and imaged.
- Characterization of In Situ Luciferin Formation.
- To determine the utility of the in situ luciferin formation approach for dual-analyte imaging a comparison of the signals from HCBT/D-cysteine to luciferin was made, the effect of endogenous L-cysteine was determined, and the lifetime of the complementary HCBT and D-cysteine partner molecules in cells was analyzed. First, an in vitro test comparing the bioluminescent signal produced by luciferin to that produced by a mixture of HCBT and D-cysteine (
FIG. 2a,b ) was completed. A linear regression analysis of the data indicates a linear fit (R2=0.9864) for luciferin, while HCBT/D-cysteine has an exponential fit (R2=0.9889), which is indicative of the second-order reaction between HCBT and D-cysteine for luciferin formation. Using the luciferin standard curve (FIG. 2a ), it was determined that 25 μM HCBT/D-cysteine produces ca. 6.7 μM luciferin, a 27% yield, in vitro. Subsequent determination of in situ luciferin formation in PC3M-luc cells indicated that at lower concentrations exogenous luciferin produces a greater signal than HCBT/D-cysteine (FIG. 2e,f ). However, at higher concentrations, HCBT/D-cysteine produced a greater signal than luciferin. As HCBT and D-cysteine were not able to produce more luciferin, and thus bioluminescent signal, than equivalent concentrations of luciferin, a determination was made as to whether the greater HCBT/D-cysteine signal was due to differences in cell-membrane permeability. Indeed, when the same comparison of HCBT/D-cysteine and luciferin was completed following cell lysis (FIG. 3 ), the signal from HCBT/D-cysteine approached, but did not surpass, the luciferin signal at high concentrations, indicating that the greater signal from HCBT/D-cysteine detected within intact, living cells is due to an increased permeability of HCBT and D-cysteine across the cell membrane compared to the full luciferin substrate. A final experiment comparing HCBT/D-cysteine in FVB-luc+ mice (Cao et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (2004) 101, 221-226), which ubiquitously express firefly luciferase, indicated that 0.05 μmol luciferin produces a ca. 40-fold brighter signal than 0.05 μmol HCBT/D-cysteine, however, a 10-fold increase in HCBT/D-cysteine results in a bioluminescent signal that is equivalent to the 0.05 μmol luciferin signal. - Next, the effect of endogenous L-cysteine on the signal from HCBT was determined. Initial experiments in PC3M-luc cells indicated a negligible production of bioluminescence from HCBT and endogenous L-cysteine compared to the signal obtained from mixing HCBT and D-cysteine (
FIG. 4a,b ). Analogous studies in FVB-luc+ mice gave the same result, as the bioluminescent signal from the condensation of HCBT and endogenous L-cysteine was negligible compared to the signal produced when D-cysteine is present (FIG. 4c,d ). - Finally, to determine the length of time that released HCBT and D-cysteine are available for reaction with their complementary luciferin-forming reagent, cellular lifetime experiments were completed. Specifically, PC3M-luc cells were first incubated with HCBT or D-cysteine for 30 min, then the cells were washed, and then the complementary luciferin-forming reagent was added after 0, 15, 30, 45, or 60 min. For the HCBT lifetime studies, it was observed that as the time between removal of HBCT and addition of D-cysteine increased, there was a decrease in luminescence (
FIG. 5a,b ). In contrast to HCBT, D-cysteine was still fully available for reaction with HCBT even an hour after the cells have been washed (FIG. 5c,d ), indicating that D-cysteine has a long lifetime in cells. Notably, this feature could be used for studying healthy and disease states in which one analyte is produced prior to the second analyte. Taken together, these analyses illuminate the robust in situ luciferin formation of HCBT and D-cysteine, the negligible impact of endogenous L-cysteine, and the cellular availability of HCBT and D-cysteine for dual-analyte detection. - Peroxide Reactivity and Selectivity of PCL-2.
- Determination of the ROS selectivity of PCL-2 for H2O2, the kinetics of the deprotection reaction, and the concentration dependence of the response of PCL-2 to H2O2 was made. Reaction of PCL-2 with a panel of biologically relevant ROS for 5-60 min, followed by incubation with D-cysteine for in situ luciferin formation and addition of firefly luciferase, triggered a ca. 50-fold increase in bioluminescence in the presence of H2O2, with negligible response to other ROS (
FIG. 6a ). Furthermore, in the presence of catalase, a selective H2O2-scavenging enzyme, the turn-on bioluminescent signal produced in the presence of H2O2 was attenuated (FIG. 6a ), thus verifying a robust and selective response to H2O2. In addition, when the control compound HCBT was incubated with the same panel of ROS, no bioluminescence turn-on was detected (FIG. 7 ), confirming that the response of PCL-2 to H2O2 is dependent on reaction at the boronate switch. - Next, the kinetics and dose-dependence of the PCL-2 and H2O2 reaction was analyzed. A comparison of the measured second-order rate constant (k=2.7 M−1s−1,
FIG. 8 ) for the PCL-2 and H2O2 reaction to the catalytic constant (kcat=1.6 s−1) for firefly luciferase (Branchini et al., Biochemistry (1999) 38, 13223-13230) indicated that release of HCBT from PCL-2 is rate-limiting at the μM concentrations used in the studies. The dose-dependence of the response of PCL-2 to H2O2 was then determined via incubation of PCL-2 with various concentrations of H2O2 (0-100 μM) for 60 min, prior to incubation with D-cysteine and addition of firefly luciferase. As shown inFIGS. 6b and c , PCL-2 showed a linear response (R2=0.9957) to H2O2 over two orders of magnitude, from 1-100 μM H2O2. Furthermore, this same response was found in cellulo when PCL-2 (25 μM), D-cysteine (25 μM), and H2O2 (0-100 μM) were added to PC3M-luc cells stably transfected with firefly luciferase. Determination of the resultant bioluminescent signal with a sensitive charge coupled device (CCD) camera again indicated a linear response (R2=0.9993) to H2O2 over two orders of magnitude, from 0-100 μM H2O2(FIG. 6d-f ). Taken together, the selective response of PCL-2 to H2O2, as well as its dose-dependent turn-on, low micromolar detection limit, and ability to form luciferin in situ showed that PCL-2 possesses the requisite features for useful in vivo detection of alterations in H2O2 levels in living organisms. - Selective Cleavage of IETDC by
Caspase 8. - After determining the selectivity and sensitivity of PCL-2 for turn-on bioluminescent H2O2 detection, the ability of
caspase 8 to cleave IETDC and release D-cysteine for in situ luciferin formation was evaluated. This goal was accomplished via incubation of IETDC withcaspase 8 for 60 min in the presence of HCBT. After subsequent addition of firefly luciferase, the bioluminescent signal was determined, indicating a ca. 27-fold turn-on response (FIG. 9 ). Addition of a broad-spectrum caspase inhibitor, Q-VD-OPh, (see, e.g., Caserta et al., Apoptosis (2003) 8, 345-352; and Cai et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. (2004) 14, 5295-5300) showed complete attenuation of the response of IETDC tocaspase 8, and incubation with other caspase enzyme isoforms that are important for the inflammatory caspase cascade,caspase 3 and caspase 9 (see, e.g., Hotchkiss et al., Nat. Rev. Immunol. (2006) 6, 813-822), did not give rise to a turn-on bioluminescent response for the peptide probe (FIG. 9 ). These latter control experiments verified the chemoselectivity of the IETDC probe forcaspase 8 detection. Finally, incubation of D-cysteine with these caspase enzymes caused no change in bioluminescent signal (FIG. 10 ), further indicating that the response seen with the IETDC luciferin precursor probe was caspase 8-dependent. - Dual Detection of H2O2 and
Caspase 8 Activity Via In Situ Luciferin Formation. - To establish the ability of our probes for dual imaging of H2O2 and
caspase 8 activity, PCL-2 with H2O2 were co-incubated, followed by addition ofcaspase 8 and IETDC. The resultant bioluminescent signal indicated that in the presence of these two analytes, both probes are deprotected, and luciferin is readily formed to produce a ca. 18-fold increase in bioluminescent signal (FIG. 11 ). Notably, addition of a single analyte, either H2O2 orcaspase 8, resulted in little to no increase in bioluminescent signal, verifying that the system acts as an AND-type molecular logic gate by requiring the presence of both analytes for bioluminescent signal production. Moreover, treatment with either a H2O2 scavenger, catalase, or a caspase inhibitor, Q-VD-OPh, attenuated the increase in signal observed in the presence of H2O2 andcaspase 8, further demonstrating that both probes must be uncaged for luciferin formation and bioluminescent signal production (FIG. 11 ). As expected, treatment with both inhibitors caused a complete attenuation of signal, providing additional validation for the use of PCL-2 and IETDC for dual-analyte detection. Finally, several additional sets of control experiments were performed before moving on to in vivo imaging experiments. First, in contrast to the turn-on response of the dual-probe system in the presence of both H2O2 andcaspase 8, incubation of HCBT and D-cysteine with H2O2 andcaspase 8 caused no alteration of the bioluminescent signal (FIG. 12 ). Also, addition of catalase and Q-VD-OPh did not interfere with in situ luciferin formation or the resultant bioluminescent signal (FIG. 12 ). Taken together, the tandem use of PCL-2 and IETDC for dual-analyte imaging in vitro provides an example of a method for detection of two different analytes through production of a single bioluminescent signal. - Molecular Imaging of H2O2 Fluxes in Living FVB-Luc+ Mice with PCL-2.
- Following the in vitro demonstration of the utility of PCL-2 and IETDC for dual-analyte imaging, it was next sought to apply PCL-2 to molecular imaging of H2O2 fluxes in FVB-luc+ mice that ubiquitously express firefly luciferase. See, e.g., Cao et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (2004) 101, 221-226. For the initial in vivo studies, several doses of H2O2 were injected into the intraperitoneal (IP) cavity of mice, along with a solution of PCL-2 and D-cysteine. The animals were then imaged using a CCD camera to detect the luciferin formed following deprotection of PCL-2 by H2O2 and in situ cyclization with D-cysteine. These imaging experiments revealed a detection limit of ca. 0.5 μmol H2O2 and a robust increase in luciferin production as a function of H2O2 dose, with a ca. 10-fold turn-on in bioluminescent signal following treatment with 4.5 μmol H2O2 (
FIG. 13 ). Comparison of PCL-2 to PCL-1 imaging under optimized imaging conditions for each probe indicated that PCL-1 has a lower detection limit for H2O2 than PCL-2 in vivo (0.037 μmol versus 0.5 μmol), while PCL-2 showed an increased fold turn-on when higher amounts of H2O2 are injected (6.4-fold with 1.5 μmol H2O2 for PCL-2 versus 3.6-fold with 2.4 μmol H2O2 for PCL-1; Table 3). -
TABLE 3 Turn-on, PCL-2 Turn-on, PCL-1 H2O2, μmol (0.05 μmol) (0.5 μmol) 0.037 N/A 1.5-fold 0.15 N/A 2.0-fold 0.5 2.8-fold N/A 0.6 N/A 2.7-fold 1.5 6.4-fold N/A 2.4 N/A 3.6-fold 4.5 10.3-fold N/A - In additional experiments to further show that H2O2 is required for the turn-on bioluminescent response, a separate group of mice was treated with 1.5 μmol H2O2 in the presence or absence of N-acetyl-L-cysteine (NAC), a small-molecule H2O2 scavenger. See, e.g., Winterbourn et al., Free Radical Biol. Med. (1999) 27, 322-328. In the absence of NAC, a robust bioluminescent signal was detected; however, upon NAC addition the bioluminescent signal was considerably attenuated (
FIG. 13 ), thus providing evidence that the signal increase observed with H2O2 injection is a result of reaction of the PCL-2 probe with H2O2 in vivo. Finally, additional control experiments with a solution of HCBT and D-cysteine showed no change in the luciferin bioluminescent signal upon treatment with either H2O2 or NAC (FIG. 14 ). - In Vivo Detection of Endogenous H2O2 Fluxes and
Caspase 8 Activity During Acute Inflammation. - Building on the results from these in vitro and in vivo experiments, the PCL-2 and IETDC probes were next applied to the individual detection of their respective bioanalytes in a murine model of acute inflammation. As stated previously, both H2O2 and
caspase 8 play important roles in the development and progression of the inflammatory response, wherein H2O2 has been found to be important for eradication of pathogens (see, e.g., Lambeth, Nat. Rev. Immunol. (2004) 4, 181-189; Segal, Annu. Rev. Immunol. (2005) 23, 197-223; and Djaldetti et al., Microsc. Res. Tech. (2002) 57, 421-431), as well as playing a role in cellular signaling. See, e.g., Forman et al., Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med. (2002) 166, S4-S8; Savina et al., Immunol. Rev. (2007) 219, 143-156; Michalek et al., J. Immunol. (2007) 179, 6456-6467; Brown et al., Free Radical Biol. Med. (2009) 47, 1239-1253.Caspase 8 is important in its own right as one of the key initiators of the apoptotic cell-death pathway that is often initiated during inflammation. See, e.g., Hotchkiss et al., Nat. Rev. Immunol. (2006) 6, 813-822; Bannerman et al., Am. J. Physiol. Lung Cell Mol. Physiol. (2003) 284, L899-L914; and Ma et al., J. Biol. Chem. (2005) 280, 41827-41834. To monitor these two analytes individually, an acute inflammatory response was induced via injection of mice with lipopolysaccharides (LPS), a lipoglycan found on the surface of pathogenic bacteria that causes an inflammatory response in vivo. See, e.g., Parrillo, N. Engl. J. Med. (1993) 328, 1471-1477; Rietschel et al., FASEB J. (1994) 8, 217-225; Raetz et al., Annu. Rev. Biochem. (2002) 71, 635-700; Trent, et al., J. Endotoxin Res. (2006) 12, 205-223. - For H2O2 detection during inflammation, mice were treated with LPS or vehicle 6 h prior to injection of PCL-2 and D-cysteine. These studies indicated a ca. 3.7-fold turn-on in response to LPS stimulation, with a 55% reduction in signal upon treatment with apocynin (
FIG. 15a,b , see, e.g., Wang et al., Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med. (1994) 150, 1449-1452; Zhang et al., J. Hypertens. (2010) 28, 806-816; and Choi et al., J. Neurochem. (2012) 120, 292-301), an antioxidant and broad-spectrum inhibitor of NADPH oxidase enzymes that are a major source of ROS production during inflammation and the general immune response. See, e.g., Forman et al., Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med. (2002) 166, S4-S8; Lambeth, Nat. Rev. Immunol. (2004) 4, 181-189; Griendling, Free Radical Biol. Med. (2009) 47, 1239-1253; and Nauseef, J. Biol. Chem. (2008) 283, 16961-16965. The increase in bioluminescent signal detected upon LPS treatment, as well as its attenuation by apocynin, indicate that PCL-2 successfully monitors alterations in endogenous H2O2 levels in living animals during inflammation. These data are further supported by previous, imaging-independent studies using ex vivo analysis of tissues or cells, which have shown an increase in ROS following LPS injection under similar conditions as demonstrated by lipid peroxidation and an increased oxidized to reduced glutathione ratio. See, e.g., Victor et al., M. Free Radical Res. 2003, 37, 919-929; Goraca et al., J. Physiol. Pharmacol. (2009) 60, 61-68; Singh et al., Mol. Immunol. (2012) 50, 244-252. - Parallel studies were completed with IETDC to verify its ability to monitor
caspase 8 activity during acute inflammation in this same murine model. Treatment of FVB-luc+ mice with LPS or vehicle 6 h prior to injection of IETDC and HCBT revealed an even greater increase in bioluminescent signal of ca. 18-fold (FIG. 15c,d ). Furthermore, a 34% attenuation of the signal was afforded by injection of the pan-caspase inhibitor z-VD-OPh, a methyl ester protected analog of Q-VD-OPh, thus establishing that IETDC reliably monitors increasedcaspase 8 activity following LPS stimulation (FIG. 15c,d ). Again, this increase incaspase 8 activity upon LPS stimulation is supported by ex vivo tissue studies that indicate increasedcaspase 8 expression and cleavage ofprocaspase 8 to formactive caspase 8 following treatment with LPS. See, e.g., Alikhani et al., J. Dent. Res. (2004) 83, 671-676; and Supinski et al., Am. J. Physiol. Regul. Integr. Comp. Physiol. (2009) 297, R825-R834. - To verify that both apocynin and z-VD-OPh have no affect on the luciferin bioluminescent signal, a solution of HCBT and D-cysteine was injected following apocynin, z-VD-OPh, or vehicle injection. Detection of the resultant bioluminescent signal indicated that apocynin and z-VD-OPh do not alter the luciferin signal in vivo (
FIG. 16 ). Taken together, these data indicate an increase in both the level of H2O2 and the activity ofcaspase 8 in living mice during acute inflammation. - In Vivo Dual-Analyte Detection of Endogenous H2O2 and
Caspase 8 Activity During Acute Inflammation. - After confirming the individual abilities of the PCL-2 and IETDC probes to detect alterations in endogenous H2O2 levels and
caspase 8 activity, respectively, in living animals in an inflammation disease model, these two probes were next used for simultaneous detection of both bioanalytes in vivo. For these studies, LPS was again used to provoke an acute inflammatory response in FVB-luc+ mice. Initial experiments with PCL-2 and IETDC in control animals not treated with LPS demonstrated that injection of both probes resulted in a very low bioluminescent signal (FIG. 17 ), indicating very low basal levels of H2O2 and/orcaspase 8 activity. It was determined that induction of inflammation via treatment with LPS causes a 2.7-fold increase in bioluminescent signal (FIG. 17 ), verifying use of this luciferin-based molecular logic-gate system to indicate the simultaneous presence of both H2O2 andcaspase 8 during acute inflammation. - Next, it was determined whether the turn-on signal for the dual-analyte molecular logic-gate system could be attenuated by reducing ROS and
caspase 8 activity. For these experiments pre-treatment with the antioxidant ascorbic acid (Vitamin C) was used to reduce the level of H2O2, as previous literature suggests a potential clinical application of this antioxidant for treatment of sepsis and other inflammatory responses. Pleiner et al., Circulation (2002) 106, 1460-1464; Wilson, Biofactors (2009) 35, 5-13; and Fisher et al., Crit. Care Med. (2011) 39, 1454-1460. The caspase inhibitor z-VD-OPh was used for reduction ofcaspase 8 activity. As expected, use of both these compounds resulted in a 30% decrease in bioluminescent signal (FIG. 17 ), indicating the utility of PCL-2 and IETDC for dual-analyte detection of H2O2 andcaspase 8 during acute inflammation. Further, injection of ascorbic acid did not impact the bioluminescent signal from HCBT and D-cysteine (FIG. 18 ), demonstrating that this vitamin alone does not alter the bioluminescent signal of luciferin. The successful application of PCL-2 and IETDC in this in vivo model of inflammation demonstrated not only the ability of both probes to detect their respective single analytes in living animals, but further establishes the tandem use of PCL-2 and IETDC to detect the concomitant increase in two different biochemical events using a single bioluminescent reporter system. - While the present invention has been described with reference to the specific embodiments thereof, it should be understood by those skilled in the art that various changes may be made and equivalents may be substituted without departing from the true spirit and scope of the invention. In addition, many modifications may be made to adapt a particular situation, material, composition of matter, process, process step or steps, to the objective, spirit and scope of the present invention. All such modifications are intended to be within the scope of the claims appended hereto.
Claims (30)
1. A compound of formula:
wherein
Q1 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ1—;
RQ1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
R1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino; and
PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
3. A compound of formula:
wherein
Q2 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ2—;
RQ2 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
Q3 is —O— or —S—; and
PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
4. A compound of formula:
wherein
Q4 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ4—;
RQ4 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
R3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
Q5 is —O— or —S—; and
PGIV is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
5. A compound of formula:
wherein
Q6 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ6—;
RQ6 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
Q7 is —O— or —S—; and
PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
6. A compound of formula:
wherein
Q is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ8—;
RQ8 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
R5 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
Q9 is —O— or —S—; and
PGI is an optional protecting group for cyano group.
7. The compound of any of claims 1 and 3 -6 , wherein at least one of PGI and PGIV is a protecting group.
8. The compound of any of claims 1 and 3 -6 , wherein—PGIV is a protecting group.
9. The compound of any of claims 1 and 3 -6 , wherein—PGIV is a protecting group.
12. The compound of any of claims 10 -11 , wherein PGV is hydrogen.
13. The compound of any of claims 10 -11 , wherein PGV is a protecting group.
14. The compound of any of claims 10 -11 , wherein PGII is hydrogen.
15. The compound of any of claims 10 -11 , wherein PGII is a protecting group.
16. The compound of claim 15 , wherein PGII forms a masked amino group in which the masked amino group is a carbamate or an amide.
17. The compound of claim 15 , wherein PGII forms a masked amino group in which the masked amino group is an amino group that is connected to an amino acid, peptide, or protein.
19. The compound of any of claims 10 -11 , wherein PGIII is hydrogen.
20. The compound of any of claims 10 -11 , wherein PGIII is a protecting group.
21. A compound of formula:
wherein
Q1 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ1—;
RQ1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
R1 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
PGV is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group; and
L is C1-2 alkylene, C1-2 alkenylene, or C1-2 alkynylene.
22. A compound of formula:
wherein
Q2 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ2—;
RQ2 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
R2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
Q3 is —O— or —S—;
PGV is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group; and
L is C1-2 alkylene, C1-2 alkenylene, or C1-2 alkynylene.
23. A compound of formula:
wherein
Q4 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ4—;
RQ4 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
R3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, substituted amino, a moiety that comprises a reactive group that facilitates covalent attachment of a molecule of interest; and a molecule of interest;
Q5 is —N— or —CH—;
PGV is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group; and
L is C1-2 alkylene, C1-2 alkenylene, or C1-2 alkynylene.
24. A compound of formula:
wherein
Q6 is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ6—;
RQ6 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
Q7 is —N— or —CH—;
PGV is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group; and
L is C1-2 alkylene, C1-2 alkenylene, or C1-2 alkynylene.
25. A compound of formula:
wherein
Q is a heteroatom functional group selected from —O— and —NRQ8—;
RQ8 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and substituted alkyl;
PGIV is hydrogen or a protecting group for the heteroatom functional group;
R5 is selected from hydrogen, halogen hydroxyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkoxy, amino, and substituted amino;
Q9 is —N— or —CH—;
PGV is hydrogen or a protecting group for a carboxyl group; and
L is C1-2 alkylene, C1-2 alkenylene, or C1-2 alkynylene.
26. A method for detection of a biological process or biomolecule in a test subject, the method comprising contacting test subject with a compound of any of Formula I-V and a compound of Formula VI.
27. The method of claim 26 , wherein the test subject is contacted with the compound of claim 2 and claim 18 .
28. The method of claim 26 , further comprising monitoring the test subject for luminescence, wherein luminescence indicates the presence of the biological process or biomolecule.
29. The method of claim 28 , wherein the biomolecule is caspase-8 and/or H2O2.
30. The method of claim 28 , wherein the biological process is cancer, a cardiovascular disorder, diabetes, a neurodegenerative disease, or an inflammatory response.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US16/440,348 US20190290784A1 (en) | 2012-01-17 | 2019-06-13 | Luciferin derivatives from bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives and methods of use thereof |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201261587490P | 2012-01-17 | 2012-01-17 | |
US13/742,190 US9173966B2 (en) | 2012-01-17 | 2013-01-15 | Luciferin derivatives from bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives and methods of use thereof |
US14/866,321 US10328161B2 (en) | 2012-01-17 | 2015-09-25 | Luciferin derivatives from bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives and methods of use thereof |
US16/440,348 US20190290784A1 (en) | 2012-01-17 | 2019-06-13 | Luciferin derivatives from bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives and methods of use thereof |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/866,321 Division US10328161B2 (en) | 2012-01-17 | 2015-09-25 | Luciferin derivatives from bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives and methods of use thereof |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20190290784A1 true US20190290784A1 (en) | 2019-09-26 |
Family
ID=49477479
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/742,190 Expired - Fee Related US9173966B2 (en) | 2012-01-17 | 2013-01-15 | Luciferin derivatives from bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives and methods of use thereof |
US14/866,321 Expired - Fee Related US10328161B2 (en) | 2012-01-17 | 2015-09-25 | Luciferin derivatives from bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives and methods of use thereof |
US16/440,348 Abandoned US20190290784A1 (en) | 2012-01-17 | 2019-06-13 | Luciferin derivatives from bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives and methods of use thereof |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/742,190 Expired - Fee Related US9173966B2 (en) | 2012-01-17 | 2013-01-15 | Luciferin derivatives from bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives and methods of use thereof |
US14/866,321 Expired - Fee Related US10328161B2 (en) | 2012-01-17 | 2015-09-25 | Luciferin derivatives from bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives and methods of use thereof |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US9173966B2 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN111978340A (en) * | 2020-09-03 | 2020-11-24 | 山西大学 | Probe for simultaneously detecting biological mercaptan and hydrogen peroxide and preparation method thereof |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2024529917A (en) | 2021-07-21 | 2024-08-14 | プロメガ コーポレイション | Compounds and methods for the detection of superoxide |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP3618572B2 (en) * | 1999-03-24 | 2005-02-09 | キッコーマン株式会社 | Method for measuring D-cysteine |
EP2272973B1 (en) | 2005-05-31 | 2015-05-27 | Promega Corporation | Luminogenic and fluorogenic compounds and methods to detect molecules or conditions |
SG10201408809XA (en) | 2008-08-06 | 2015-03-30 | Texas A & M Univ Sys | Use of bacterial beta-lactamase for in vitro diagnostics and in vivo imaging, diagnostics and therapeutics |
WO2010033647A2 (en) | 2008-09-16 | 2010-03-25 | Stanford University | Cysteine labeling system and method of use thereof |
EP2545041B1 (en) | 2010-03-11 | 2017-08-02 | Promega Corporation | Bioluminescent assays using cyanobenzothiazole compounds |
-
2013
- 2013-01-15 US US13/742,190 patent/US9173966B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2015
- 2015-09-25 US US14/866,321 patent/US10328161B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2019
- 2019-06-13 US US16/440,348 patent/US20190290784A1/en not_active Abandoned
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN111978340A (en) * | 2020-09-03 | 2020-11-24 | 山西大学 | Probe for simultaneously detecting biological mercaptan and hydrogen peroxide and preparation method thereof |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20160015835A1 (en) | 2016-01-21 |
US10328161B2 (en) | 2019-06-25 |
US20130287699A1 (en) | 2013-10-31 |
US9173966B2 (en) | 2015-11-03 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10745365B2 (en) | Luminogenic and fluorogenic compounds and methods to detect molecules or conditions | |
US9951372B2 (en) | Compounds and methods for assaying redox state of metabolically active cells and methods for measuring NAD(P)/NAD(P)H | |
US20120107849A1 (en) | Coelenterazine derivatives and methods of using same | |
US11241507B2 (en) | Near-infrared chemiluminescent probes for in-vivo imaging | |
EP3181151B1 (en) | Detection of hydrogen peroxide | |
US20190290784A1 (en) | Luciferin derivatives from bicyclic reactants and aminothiol derivatives and methods of use thereof | |
US8288559B2 (en) | Luminogenic compounds and methods to detect cytochrome P450 3A enzymes | |
US20130315829A1 (en) | Compounds and Methods for Detecting Reactive Oxygen Species | |
US8592172B2 (en) | Bioluminescent assays using cyanobenzothiazole compounds | |
US8551721B2 (en) | Bioluminescent detection of cyanohydroxy benzothiazole compounds | |
Lanfranchi et al. | Exploring the trifluoromenadione core as a template to design antimalarial redox-active agents interacting with glutathione reductase | |
Ren et al. | General strategy for bioluminescence sensing of peptidase activity In vivo based on tumor-targeting probiotic | |
Sauer et al. | Oxidative Formation of Disulfide Bonds by a Chemiluminescent 1, 2-Dioxetane under Mild Conditions | |
JP5991831B2 (en) | Fluorescent probe | |
US9643985B2 (en) | PCL compounds, compositions, and methods of use thereof | |
US20230094870A1 (en) | Chemiluminescence probes for tuberculosis |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |